Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

WO2009011904A1 - Compounds useful as faah modulators and uses thereof - Google Patents

Compounds useful as faah modulators and uses thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2009011904A1
WO2009011904A1 PCT/US2008/008783 US2008008783W WO2009011904A1 WO 2009011904 A1 WO2009011904 A1 WO 2009011904A1 US 2008008783 W US2008008783 W US 2008008783W WO 2009011904 A1 WO2009011904 A1 WO 2009011904A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
substituted
unsubstituted
quinolin
tetrahydro
naphthyridin
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2008/008783
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Michael G. Kelly
John Kincaid
Sumithra Gowlugari
Carl Kaub
Original Assignee
Renovis, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Renovis, Inc. filed Critical Renovis, Inc.
Publication of WO2009011904A1 publication Critical patent/WO2009011904A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • This invention relates to novel compounds that are capable of modulating FAAH (fatty acid amide hydrolase) activity, and to pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds.
  • the invention further relates to preparation of such compounds.
  • This invention also relates to methods for preventing and/or treating conditions that are causally related to aberrant FAAH activity or can be alleviated by modulating FAAH activity, such as pain, sleep disorders, anxiety and depression disorders, weight and eating disorders, Parkinson's disease, addiction, spasticity, inflammatory disorders, glaucoma, hypertension, or other disorders.
  • Fatty acid amide hydrolase is an integral membrane protein that degrades fatty acid primary amides and ethanolamides, a class of endogenous, lipid signaling molecules.
  • FAAH has been shown to be relevant to the in vivo degradation of anandamide (AEA), oleamide, N-palmitoyl ethanolamide (PEA), N-oleoyl ethanolamide (OEA) and N-acyl taurines.
  • AEA anandamide
  • PEA N-palmitoyl ethanolamide
  • OEA N-oleoyl ethanolamide
  • N-acyl taurines N-acyl taurines.
  • compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and methods provided are used to treat, prevent or ameliorate a range of conditions in mammals such as, but not limited to, pain of various genesis or etiology, for example acute, chronic, inflammatory and neuropathic pain, dental pain, dysmenorrhea and headache (such as migraine, cluster headache and tension headache), hi some embodiments, the compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and methods provided are useful for the treatment of inflammatory pain and associated hyperalgesia and allodynia. In some embodiments, the compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and methods provided are useful for the treatment of neuropathic pain and associated hyperalgesis and allodynia (e.g.
  • the compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and methods provided are useful as anti-inflammatory agents for the treatment of arthritis, and as agents to treat Parkinson's Disease, Alzheimer's Disease, asthma, myocardial infarction, neurodegenerative disorders, spasticity, inflammatory bowel disease and autoimmune disorders, fever, atherosclerosis and cardiovascular diseases, renal disorders, bone disorders, obesity, eating disorders, nausea, emesis, cancer, memory disorders, schizophrenia, epilepsy, sleeping disorders, cognitive disorders, depression, anxiety, high blood pressure, addiction, glaucoma and lipid disorders.
  • each A, B, and Y are independently CR 2a R 2b ;
  • W and Z are independently CR 4 ;
  • X is -SO 2 -, -CO-, -SO 2 NR 20 -, or -CONH-; nl is 0 or 1 ;
  • L 1 is a single bond or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C 5 alkylene; provided that when nl is 0, Ll is substituted or unsubstituted Ci -C 5 alkylene;
  • R 1 is selected from a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl; each of R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c is independently selected from hydrogen, and substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
  • R 3 is selected from substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -
  • R 4 is independently selected from H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, substituted Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, acyl, substituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted acylamino, substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl arylalkyloxy, substituted arylalkyloxy, amino, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, substituted sulfanyl, substituted sulfinyl, substituted sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminosulfonyl, sulfo, sulfonic acid ester, azido, carboxy, substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl,
  • compositions comprising a compound of the invention, and a pharmaceutical carrier, excipient or diluent.
  • the pharmaceutical composition can comprise one or more of the compounds described herein.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can comprise a compound in combination with one or more other compounds and/or compositions having a like therapeutic effect.
  • compounds of the present invention useful in the pharmaceutical compositions and treatment methods disclosed herein can be pharmaceutically acceptable as prepared and used.
  • methods for preventing, treating or ameliorating a condition from among those listed herein, and particularly, such condition as may be associated with, e.g., arthritis, asthma, myocardial infarction, lipid disorders, cognitive disorders, anxiety, schizophrenia, depression, memory dysfunctions such as Alzheimers disease, inflammatory bowel disease and autoimmune disorders, which method comprises administering to a mammal in need thereof an amount of one or more of the compounds as provided herein, or pharmaceutical composition thereof, effective to prevent, treat or ameliorate the condition.
  • methods are provided for preventing, treating or ameliorating a variety of disease states, including the diseases associated with pain, sleep disorders, anxiety and depression disorders, weight and eating disorders, addiction, spasticity, and glaucoma, by administration of a compound such as those provided herein.
  • a neurodegenerative disease or disorder can, for example, be Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease and multiple sclerosis; diseases and disorders which are mediated by or result in neuroinflammation such as, for example, encephalitis; centrally-mediated neuropsychiatric diseases and disorders such as, for example, depression mania, bipolar disease, anxiety, schizophrenia, eating disorders, sleep disorders and cognition disorders; epilepsy and seizure disorders; prostate, bladder and bowel dysfunction such as, for example urinary incontinence, urinary hesitancy, rectal hypersensitivity, fecal incontinence, benign prostatic hypertrophy and inflammatory bowel disease; respiratory and airway disease and disorders such as, for example, allergic rhinitis, asthma and reactive airway disease and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease; diseases and disorders which are mediated by or result in inflammation such as, for example rheumatoid
  • the methods comprise administering an effective condition-treating or condition-preventing amount of one or more of the compounds as provided herein, or pharmaceutical composition thereof, to the mammal in need thereof.
  • the present invention extends to the use of any of the compounds of the invention for the preparation of medicaments that may be administered for such treatments, as well as to such compounds for the treatments disclosed and specified.
  • methods are provided for synthesizing the compounds described herein, with representative synthetic protocols and pathways described below.
  • a still further object of the invention is to provide pharmaceutical compositions that are effective in the treatment or prevention of a variety of disease states, including the diseases associated with pain, sleep disorders, anxiety and depression disorders, weight and eating disorders, addiction, spasticity, intraocular pressure or other disorders.
  • a still further object of the invention is to provide a method for the treatment of the disease states recited above, by the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of the compounds of the invention, and/or the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
  • a yet further object of the invention is to provide formulations for the treatment of the diseases as aforesaid, by the combination of at least one of the compounds of the invention, a pharmaceutical composition of the invention, combinations thereof with other compounds and compositions having a like therapeutic effect.
  • analogue means one analogue or more than one analogue.
  • 'Acyl' or 'Alkanoyl' refers to a radical -C(O)R 20 , where R 20 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 3 -
  • Representative examples include, but are not limited to, formyl, acetyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, cyclohexylmethylcarbonyl, benzoyl and benzylcarbonyl.
  • 'acyl' groups are -C(O)H, -C(O)-C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -C(O)-(CHj) 1 (C 6 -C 10 aryl), -C(O)-(CH 2 ) t (5-10 membered heteroaryl), -C(O)-(CH 2 ) t (C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl), and -C(O)-(CH 2 ),(4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4.
  • 'Substituted AcyF or 'Substituted AlkanoyP refers to a radical -C(O)R 21 , wherein R 21 is independently
  • 'Acylamino' refers to a radical -NR 22 C(O)R 23 , where R 22 is hydrogen, Q-C 8 alkyl, C 3 -Q 0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 6 -C) 0 ar yl > arylalkyl, 5-10 memberd heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl and R 23 is hydrogen, Ci-C 8 alkyl, C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 6 - Cio aryl * arylalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, as defined herein.
  • Exemplary 'acylamino' include, but are not limited to, formylamino, acetylamino, cyclohexylcarbonylamino, cyclohexylmethyl-carbonylamino, benzoylamino and benzylcarbonylamino.
  • Particular exemplary 'acylamino' groups are -NR 24 C(O)-C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -NR 24 C(O)-(CH 2 ) t (C 6 -Q 0 aryl), -NR 24 C(O)-(CH 2 ) t (5-10 membered heteroaryl), -NR 24 C(O)-(CH 2 MC 3 -Q 0 cycloalkyl), and -NR 24 C(O)-(CH 2 ) t (4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4, and each R 24 independently represents H or CpCg alkyl.
  • R 25 is independently
  • R 26 is independently
  • 'Acyloxy' refers to a radical -OC(O)R 27 , where R 27 is hydrogen, CpC 8 alkyl, C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl, C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkylmethyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl as defined herein.
  • Representative examples include, but are not limited to, formyl, acetyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, cyclohexylmethylcarbonyl, benzoyl and benzylcarbonyl.
  • Exemplary 'acyP groups are -C(O)H, -C(O)-CpC 8 alkyl, -C(O)-(CHj) 1 (C 6 -Q 0 aryl), -C(O)-(CH 2 ) t (5-10 membered heteroaryl), -C(0)-(CH 2 ) t (C 3 -Cio cycloalkyl), and -C(O)-(CH 2 ),(4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4.
  • [0029J 'Substituted Acyloxy' refers to a radical -OC(O)R 28 , wherein R 28 is independently
  • alkoxy' refers to the group -OR 29 where R 29 is Ci-C 8 alkyl.
  • Particular alkoxy groups are methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, and 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy.
  • Particular alkoxy groups are lower alkoxy, i.e. with between 1 and 6 carbon atoms. Further particular alkoxy groups have between 1 and 4 carbon atoms.
  • Substituted alkoxy' refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more of those groups recited in the definition of "substituted” herein, and particularly refers to an alkoxy group having 1 or more substituents, for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, and particularly from 1 to 3 substituents, in particular 1 substituent, selected from the group consisting of amino, substituted amino, C 6 -C) 0 aryl, aryloxy, carboxyl, cyano, C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, halogen, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, hydroxyl, nitro, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thiol, alkyl-S(O)-, aryl-S(O)-, alkyl-S(O) 2 - and aryl- S(O) 2 -.
  • Exemplary 'substituted alkoxy' groups are -O-(CH 2 ),(C 6 -C, 0 aryl), -O-(CH 2 ) t (5-10 membered heteroaryl), -O-(CH 2 ),(C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl), and -O-(CH 2 ) t (4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4 and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted CpC 4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted Ci-C 4 alkoxy, unsubstituted Ci-C 4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted Ci-C 4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
  • 'AlkoxycarbonyP refers to a radical -C(O)-OR 30 where R 30 represents an C,-C 8 alkyl, C 3 -
  • alkoxycarbonyl groups are C(O)O-Ci-C 8 alkyl, -C(O)O- (CH 2 ),(C 6 -Cio aryl), -C(O)O-(CH 2 ) t (5-10 membered heteroaryl), -C(O)O-(CH 2 ) t (C 3 -C, 0 cycloalkyl), and - C(O)O-(CH 2 ),(4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein t is an integer from 1 to 4.
  • 'Substituted Alkoxycarbonyl' refers to a radical -C(O)-OR 31 where R 31 represents:
  • aryloxycarbonyl is -C(O)O-(C 6 -C 10 aryl).
  • 'Substituted Aryloxycarbonyl' refers to a radical -C(O)-OR 33 where R 33 represents
  • HeteroaryloxycarbonyP refers to a radical -C(O)-OR 34 where R 34 represents a 5-10 membered heteroaryl, as defined herein.
  • An exemplary "aryloxycarbonyl" group is -C(O)O-(5-10 membered heteroaryl).
  • 'Substituted Heteroaryloxycarbonyl' refers to a radical -C(O)-OR 35 where R 35 represents:
  • Alkoxycarbonylamino refers to the group -NR 36 C(O)OR 37 , where R 36 is hydrogen, C,-
  • R 37 is Ci-Cg alkyl, C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl, C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkylmethyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl as defined herein.
  • 'Alkyl' means straight or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Particular alkyl has 1 to 12 carbon atoms. More particular is lower alkyl which has 1 to 6 carbon atoms. A further particular group has 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Exemplary straight chained groups include methyl, ethyl n-propyl, and n-butyl. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl or butyl is attached to a linear alkyl chain, exemplary branched chain groups include isopropyl, iso- butyl, t-butyl and isoamyl.
  • Substituted alkyl' refers to an alkyl group as defined above substituted with one or more of those groups recited in the definition of "substituted” herein, and particularly refers to an alkyl group having 1 or more substituents, for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, and particularly from 1 to 3 substituents, in particular 1 substituent, selected from the group consisting of acyl, acylamino, acyloxy (- O-acyl or -OC(O)R 20 ), alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino (-NR -alkoxycarbonyl or -NH- C(O)-OR 27 ), amino, substituted amino, aminocarbonyl (carbamoyl or amido or -C(O)-NR 2 ), aminocarbonylamino (-NR -C(O)-NR 2 ), aminocarbonyloxy (-0-C(O)-NR 2) , aminosulfonyl,
  • 'substituted alkyl' refers to a C)-C 8 alkyl group substituted with halo, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, azido, -NfT SO 2 R " , -SO 2 NR R.
  • each R is independently selected from H, C,-C 8 alkyl, -(CH 2 ) t (C 6 -C,o aryl), -(CH 2 ) t (5-10 membered heteroaryl), -(CH 2 ) t (C 3 -C, 0 cycloalkyl).
  • t is an integer from 0 to 4 and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted Q-C 4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted Q-C 4 alkoxy, unsubstiruted CpC 4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted Ci-C 4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted Ci-C 4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
  • R and R independently represents H or Ci-C 8 alkyl.
  • Alkylene refers to divalent saturated alkene radical groups having 1 to 11 carbon atoms and more particularly 1 to 6 carbon atoms which can be straight-chained or branched. This term is exemplified by groups such as methylene (-CH 2 -), ethylene (-CH 2 CH 2 -), the propylene isomers (e.g., - CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - and -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -) and the like.
  • Substituted alkylene refers to those groups recited in the definition of "substituted” herein, and particularly refers to an alkylene group having 1 or more substituents, for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, and particularly from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, amino, substituted amino, aminocarbonyl, amino-carbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, nitro, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thioketo, thiol, alkyl-S(O)-, aryl-S(O)-, alkyl-S(O) 2 - and aryl-S(O)
  • alkenyl refers to monovalent olef ⁇ nically unsaturated hydrocarbyl groups preferably having 2 to 11 carbon atoms, particularly, from 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and more particularly, from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, which can be straight-chained or branched and having at least 1 and particularly from 1 to 2 sites of olefinic unsaturation.
  • Substituted alkenyl refers to those groups recited in the definition of "substituted” herein, and particularly refers to an alkenyl group having 1 or more substituents, for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, and particularly from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, amino, substituted amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, cyano, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, nitro, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thioketo, thiol, alkyl-S(O)-, aryl-S(O)-, alkyl
  • Alkynyl refers to acetylenically or alkynically unsaturated hydrocarbyl groups particularly having 2 to 11 carbon atoms, and more particularly 2 to 6 carbon atoms which can be straight- chained or branched and having at least 1 and particularly from 1 to 2 sites of alkynyl unsaturation.
  • Substituted alkynyl refers to those groups recited in the definition of "substituted” herein, and particularly refers to an alkynyl group having 1 or more substituents, for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, and particularly from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, amino, substituted amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, cyano, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, nitro, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thioketo, thiol, alkyl-S(O)-, aryl-S(O)-, alkynyl group
  • 'Substituted amino' refers to an amino group substituted with one or more of those groups recited in the definition of 'substituted' herein, and particularly refers to the group -N(R 38 ) 2 where each R 38 is independently selected from:
  • Ci-C 8 alkyl substituted with halo or hydroxy
  • R 38 groups When both R 38 groups are hydrogen, -N(R 38 ) 2 is an amino group.
  • exemplary ' substituted amino' groups are -NR 39 -C,-C 8 alkyl, -NR 39 -(CH 2 ) t (C 6 -C, o aryl), -NR 39 -(CH 2 ) t (5-10 membered heteroaryl), -NR 39 -
  • each R 39 independently represents H or CpC 8 alkyl; and any alkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy; and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted
  • substituted amino includes the groups alkylamino, substituted alkylamino, alkylarylamino, substituted alkylarylamino, arylamino, substituted arylamino, dialkylamino and substituted dialkylamino as defined below.
  • Alkylamino' refers to the group -NHR 40 , wherein R 40 is C 1 -C 8 alkyl;
  • Substituted Alkylamino' refers to the group -NHR 4 ', wherein R 41 is C 1 -C 8 alkyl; and the alkyl group is substituted with halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, hydroxy, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 6 -Ci 0 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, aralkyl or heteroaralkyl; and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted Ci-C 4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted Ci-C 4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted
  • Alkylarylamino' refers to the group -NR 42 R 43 , wherein R 42 is aryl and R 43 is C ,-C 8 alkyl-
  • 'Substituted Alkylarylamino' refers to the group -NR 44 R 45 , wherein R 44 is aryl and R 45 is
  • Ci-Cg alkyl and the alkyl group is substituted with halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, hydroxy, C 3 - Cio cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 6 -Ci 0 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, aralkyl or heteroaralkyl; and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted Ci-C 4 alkyl, halo, cyano, unsubstituted Ci-C 4 alkoxy, unsubstituted CpC 4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted CpC 4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C r C 4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
  • 'Arylamino' means a radical -NHR 46 where R 46 is selected from C 6 -Ci 0 aryl
  • Substituted Arylamino' refers to the group -NHR 47 , wherein R 47 is independently selected from C 6 -Ci 0 aryl an d 5-10 membered heteroaryl; and any aryl or heteroaryl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted Ci-C 4 alkyl, halo, cyano, unsubstituted C]-C 4 alkoxy, unsubstituted Q-C 4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted Q-C 4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C r C 4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
  • 'Dialkylamino' refers to the group -NR 48 R 49 , wherein each of R 48 and R 49 are independently selected from Ci-C 8 alkyl.
  • 'Substituted Dialkylamino' refers to the group -NR 50 R 51 , wherein each of R 59 and R 51 are independently selected from Ci-C 8 alkyl; and at least one of the alkyl groups is independently substituted with halo, hydroxy, C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 6 -Ci 0 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, aralkyl or heteroaralkyl; and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted CpC 4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted Ci-C 4 alkoxy, unsubstituted Cp 4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted CpC 4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted CpC 4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
  • 'Diarylamino' refers to the group -NR 52 R 53 , wherein each of R 52 and R 53 are independently selected from C 6 -Ci 0 aryl.
  • aminosulfonyl or “Sulfonamide” refers to the radical -S(O 2 )NH 2 .
  • Substituted aminosulfonyl or “substituted sulfonamide” refers to a radical such as -
  • each R 548 is independently selected from:
  • Ci-C 4 hydroxyalkyl or unsubstituted Ci-C 4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
  • 'Aralkyl' or 'arylalkyl' refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, substituted with one or more aryl groups, as defined above. Particular aralkyl or arylalkyl groups are alkyl groups substituted with one aryl group.
  • 'Substituted Aralkyl' or 'substituted arylalkyl' refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, substituted with one or more aryl groups; and at least one of the aryl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted Q-C 4 alkyl, halo, cyano, unsubstituted C r C 4 alkoxy, unsubstituted Ci-C 4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted C r C 4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted Ci-C 4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
  • 'Aryl' refers to a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent aromatic ring system.
  • aryl refers to an aromatic ring structure, mono-cyclic or poly-cyclic that includes from 5 to 12 ring members, more usually
  • aryl group is a monocyclic ring system it preferentially contains 6 carbon atoms.
  • Typical aryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, coronene, fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene, hexalene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, octacene, octaphene, octalene, ovalene, penta-2,4-diene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene, pleiadene, pyrene, pyranthrene, rubicene, triphenylene and trinaphthalene.
  • Particularly aryl groups include phenyl
  • 'Substituted Aryl' refers to an aryl group substituted with one or more of those groups recited in the definition of 'substituted' herein, and particularly refers to an aryl group that may optionally be substituted with 1 or more substituents, for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, particularly 1 to 3 substituents, in particular 1 substituent.
  • 'Substituted Aryl' refers to an aryl group substituted with one or more of groups selected from halo, Ci-C 8 alkyl, Ci-C 8 haloalkyl, cyano, hydroxy, C r C 8 alkoxy, and amino.
  • R 56 and R 57 may be hydrogen and at least one of R 56 and R 57 is each independently selected from C 1 -C 8 alkyl, Ci-C 8 haloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, alkanoyl, CpC 8 alkoxy, heteroaryloxy, alkylamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, NR 58 COR 59 , NR 58 SOR 59 NR 58 SO 2 R 59 , COOalkyl, COOaryl, CONR 58 R 59 , CONR 58 OR 59 , NR 58 R 59 , SO 2 NR 58 R 59 , S-alkyl, SOalkyl, SO 2 alkyl, Saryl, SOaryl, SO 2 aryl; or R 56 and R 57 may be joined to form a cyclic ring (saturated or unsaturated) from 5 to 8 atoms, optionally containing one or
  • R 60 , and R 61 are independently hydrogen, CpC 8 alkyl, Ci-C 4 haloalkyl, C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 6 -Ci 0 aryl, substituted aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl.
  • "Fused Aryl” refers to an aryl having two of its ring carbon in common with a second aryl ring or with an aliphatic ring.
  • Arylalkyloxy' refers to an -O-alkylaryl radical where alkylaryl is as defined herein.
  • Arylalkyloxy refers to an -O-alkylaryl radical where alkylaryl is as defined herein; and any aryl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted Ci -C 4 alkyl, halo, cyano, unsubstituted Ci-C 4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C r4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted Ci-C 4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted Ci -C 4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
  • 'Azido' refers to the radical -N 3 .
  • Carbamoyl or amido' refers to the radical -C(O)NH 2 .
  • 'Substituted Carbamoyl or substituted amido' refers to the radical -C(O)N(R 62 ) 2 wherein each R 62 is independently
  • Exemplary 'Substituted Carbamoyl' groups are -C(O) alkyl, -C(0)NR 64 -(CH 2 ) t (C 6 -C 1 o aryl),
  • each R 64 independently represents H or CpC 8 alkyl and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted CpC 4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted CpC 4 alkoxy, unsubstituted
  • CpC 4 haloalkyl unsubstituted CpC 4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted CpC 4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
  • Carboxy' refers to the radical -C(O)OH.
  • 'Cycloalkyl' refers to cyclic non-aromatic hydrocarbyl groups having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Such cycloalkyl groups include, by way of example, single ring structures such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclooctyl.
  • 'Substituted cycloalkyl' refers to a cycloalkyl group as defined above substituted with one or more of those groups recited in the definition of 'substituted' herein, and particularly refers to a cycloalkyl group having 1 or more substituents, for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, and particularly from 1 to 3 substituents, in particular 1 substituent
  • 'Halo' or 'halogen' refers to fluoro (F), chloro (Cl), bromo (Br) and iodo (I). Particular halo groups are either fluoro or chloro.
  • 'Hetero' when used to describe a compound or a group present on a compound means that one or more carbon atoms in the compound or group have been replaced by a nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur heteroatom. Hetero may be applied to any of the hydrocarbyl groups described above such as alkyl, e.g. heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, e.g. heterocycloalkyl, aryl, e.g.
  • heteroaryl cycloalkenyl, e.g. cycloheteroalkenyl, and the like having from 1 to 5, and particularly from 1 to 3 heteroatoms.
  • Heteroaryl' means an aromatic ring structure, mono-cyclic or polycyclic, that includes one or more heteroatoms and 5 to 12 ring members, more usually 5 to 10 ring members.
  • the heteroaryl group can be, for example, a five membered or six membered monocyclic ring or a bicyclic structure formed from fused five and six membered rings or two fused six membered rings or, by way of a further example, two fused five membered rings.
  • Each ring may contain up to four heteroatoms typically selected from nitrogen, sulphur and oxygen.
  • the heteroaryl ring will contain up to 4 heteroatoms, more typically up to 3 heteroatoms, more usually up to 2, for example a single heteroatom.
  • the heteroaryl ring contains at least one ring nitrogen atom.
  • the nitrogen atoms in the heteroaryl rings can be basic, as in the case of an imidazole or pyridine, or essentially non-basic as in the case of an indole or pyrrole nitrogen. In general the number of basic nitrogen atoms present in the heteroaryl group, including any amino group substituents of the ring, will be less than five.
  • Examples of five membered monocyclic heteroaryl groups include but are not limited to pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, furazan, oxazole, oxadiazole, oxatriazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, triazole and tetrazole groups.
  • Examples of six membered monocyclic heteroaryl groups include but are not limited to pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine, pyrimidine and triazine.
  • bicyclic heteroaryl groups containing a five membered ring fused to another five membered ring include but are not limited to imidazothiazole and imidazoimidazole.
  • bicyclic heteroaryl groups containing a six membered ring fused to a five membered ring include but are not limited to benzfuran, benzthiophene, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, isobenzoxazole, benzisoxazole, benzthiazole, benzisothiazole, isobenzofuran, indole, isoindole, isoindolone, indolizine, indoline, isoindoline, purine (e.g., adenine, guanine), indazole, pyrazolopyrimidine, triazolopyrimidine, benzodioxole and pyrazolopyridine groups.
  • bicyclic heteroaryl groups containing two fused six membered rings include but are not limited to quinoline, isoquinoline, chroman, thiochroman, chromene, isochromene, chroman, isochroman, benzodioxan, quinolizine, benzoxazine, benzodiazine, pyridopyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine and pteridine groups.
  • heteroaryl groups are those derived from thiophene, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, indole, pyridine, quinoline, imidazole, oxazole and pyrazine.
  • Examples of representative heteroaryls include the following: wherein each Y is selected from carbonyl, N, NR 65 , O and S; and R 65 is independently hydrogen, CpC 8 alkyl, C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 6 -Ci 0 aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl.
  • Examples of representative aryl having hetero atoms containing substitution include the following:
  • each W is selected from C(R 66 ) 2 , NR 66 , O and S; and each Y is selected from carbonyl, NR 66 , O and S; and R 66 is independently hydrogen, CpC 8 alkyl, C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 6 -Ci 0 aryl > and 5-10 membered heteroaryl.
  • heterocycloalkyl refers to a 4-10 membered, stable heterocyclic non-aromatic ring and/or including rings containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, fused thereto.
  • a fused heterocyclic ring system may include carbocyclic rings and need only include one heterocyclic ring.
  • heterocyclic rings include, but are not limited to, morpholine, piperidine (e.g. 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl and 4-piperidinyl), pyrrolidine (e.g.
  • thiomorpholine and its S-oxide and S,S-dioxide particularly thiomorpholine
  • Still further examples include azetidine, piperidone, piperazone, and N-alkyl piperidines such as N-methyl piperidine.
  • heterocycloalkyl groups are shown in the following illustrative examples:
  • each W is selected from CR 67 , C(R 67 ) 2 , NR 67 , O and S; and each Y is selected from NR 67 , O and S; and R 67 is independently hydrogen, Ci-C 8 alkyl, C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, Cg-Ci 0 aryl > 5-10 membered heteroaryl,
  • These heterocycloalkyl rings may be optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, amino, substituted amino, aminocarbonyl (carbamoyl or amido), aminocarbonylamino, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, cyano, cycloalkyl, halogen
  • 'Nitro' refers to the radical -NO 2 .
  • Substituted' refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are each independently replaced with the same or different substituent(s).
  • Typical substituents may be selected from the group consisting of:
  • NO 2 , N 2 , -N 3 , -S(O) 2 O-, -S(O) 2 OH, -S(O) 2 R 68 , -OS(O 2 )O " , -OS(O) 2 R 68 , -P(O)(O ) 2 , -P(O)(OR 6S )(O ), -OP(O)(OR 68 XOR 69 ), -C(O)R 68 , -C(S)R 68 , -C(O)OR 68 , -C(O)NR 68 R 69 , -C(O)O ' , -C(S)OR 68 , -
  • substituted groups are substituted with one or more substituents, particularly with 1 to 3 substituents, in particular with one substituent group.
  • substituent group or groups are selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, azido, -NR 72 SO 2 R 73 , -SO 2 NR 73 R 72 , -C(O)R 73 , -C(O)OR 73 , -OC(O)R 73 , - NR 72 C(O)R 73 , -C(O)NR 73 R 72 , -NR 73 R 72 , -(CR 72 R 72 ) m OR 72 , wherein, each R 73 is independently selected from H, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -(CH 2 MC 6 -C, 0 aryl), -(CH 2 ),(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -(CH 2 ) t (C 3 -C,o cycloalkyl), and -(CH 2 ),(4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein
  • any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted CpC 4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted CpC 4 alkoxy, unsubstituted Cp C 4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted CpC 4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted Ci-C 4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
  • Each R independently represents H or CpC 6 alkyl.
  • Substituted sulfanyl refers to the group -SR 74 , wherein R 74 is selected from:
  • Exemplary 'substituted sulfanyl' groups are -S-(CpC 8 alkyl) and -S-(C 3 -C, 0 cycloalkyl),
  • any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted CpC 4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted CpC 4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted CpC 4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted CpC 4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
  • the term 'substituted sulfanyl' includes the groups
  • 'Alkylthio' or 'Alkylsulfanyl' refers to a radical -SR 75 where R 75 is a CpC 8 alkyl or group as defined herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio and butylthio.
  • 'Substituted Alkylthio'or 'substituted alkylsulfanyl' refers to the group -SR 76 where R 76 is a CpC 8 alkyl, substituted with halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy.
  • 'Cycloalkylthio' or 'Cycloalkylsulfanyl' refers to a radical -SR 77 where R 77 is a C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl or group as defined herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, cyclopropylthio, cyclohexylthio, and cyclopentylthio.
  • 'Substituted cycloalkylthio' or 'substituted cycloalkylsulfanyl' refers to the group -SR 78 where R 78 is a C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl, substituted with halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy.
  • 'Arylthio' or 'Arylsulfanyl' refers to a radical -SR 79 where R 79 is a C 6 -C 10 aryl group as defined herein.
  • 'Heteroarylthio' or 'Heteroarylsulfanyl' refers to a radical -SR 80 where R 80 is a 5-10 membered heteroaryl group as defined herein.
  • 'Substituted sulfinyl' refers to the group -S(O)R 81 , wherein R 81 is selected from:
  • Ci-C 8 alkyl C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 6 -Ci 0 aryl, aralkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and heteroaralkyl; or
  • Exemplary 'substituted sulfinyl' groups are -S(O)-(CpC 8 alkyl) and -S(O)-(C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl), -S(O)-(CH 2 MC 6 -C 10 aryl), -S(O)-(CH 2 ),(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -S(O)-(CH 2 ) t (C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl), and -S(O)-(CH 2 ),(4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4 and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted CpC 4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, unsubstituted CpC 4 haloalkyl, unsub
  • substituted sulfinyl includes the groups 'alkylsulfinyP, 'substituted alkylsulfinyP, 'cycloalkylsulfinyP, 'substituted cycloalkylsulfinyl',
  • Alkylsulfinyl refers to a radical -S(O)R 82 where R 82 is a CpC 8 alkyl group as defined herein.
  • Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, propylsulfinyl and butylsulfinyl.
  • Substituted Alkylsulfinyl refers to a radical -S(O)R 83 where R 83 is a C 1 -C 8 alkyl group as defined herein, substituted with halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy.
  • 'Cycloalkylsulfinyl' refers to a radical -S(O)R 84 where R 84 is a C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl or group as defined herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, cyclopropylsulfinyl, cyclohexylsulf ⁇ nyl, and cyclopentylsulfinyl. Exemplary 'cycloalkylsulfinyl' groups are S(O)-C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl.
  • cycloalkylsulfinyl refers to the group -S(O)R 85 where R 85 is a C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl, substituted with halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy.
  • 'Arylsulfinyl' refers to a radical -S(O)R 86 where R 86 is a C 6 -C, o aryl group as defined herein.
  • Heteroarylsulfinyl' refers to a radical -S(O)R 87 where R 87 is a 5-10 membered heteroaryl group as defined herein.
  • Substituted sulfonyl' refers to the group -S(O) 2 R 88 , wherein R 88 is selected from:
  • Exemplary 'substituted sulfonyF groups are -S(O) 2 -(Ci-C 8 alkyl) and -S(O) 2 -(C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl), -S(O) 2 -(CH 2 ) t (C 6 -C 10 aryl), -S(O) 2 -(CH 2 ) t (5-10 membered heteroaryl), -S(O) 2 -(CH 2 ) t (C 3 -C, 0 cycloalkyl), and -S(O) 2 -(CH 2 ) t (4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4 and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted Ci-C 4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted Ci-C 4 alkoxy
  • substituted sulfonyl includes the groups alkylsulfonyl, substituted alkylsulfonyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, substituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl and heteroarylsulfonyl.
  • Alkylsulfonyl refers to a radical -S(O) 2 R 89 where R 89 is an Ci-C 8 alkyl group as defined herein.
  • Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, propylsulfonyl and butylsulfonyl.
  • Substituted Alkylsulfonyl' refers to a radical -S(O) 2 R 90 where R 90 is an C,-C 8 alkyl group as defined herein, substituted with halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy.
  • 'Cycloalkylsulfonyl' refers to a radical -S(O) 2 R 91 where R 91 is a C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl or group as defined herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, cyclopropylsulfonyl, cyclohexylsulfonyl, and cyclopentylsulfonyl.
  • 'Substituted cycloalkylsulfonyl' refers to the group -S(O) 2 R 92 where R 92 is a C 3 -C, 0 cycloalkyl, substituted with halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy.
  • 'Arylsulfonyl' refers to a radical -S(O) 2 R 93 where R 93 is an C 6 -C, 0 aryl group as defined herein.
  • Heteroarylsulfonyl refers to a radical -S(O) 2 R 94 where R 94 is an 5-10 membered heteroaryl group as defined herein.
  • 'Sulfo' or 'sulfonic acid' refers to a radical such as -SO 3 H.
  • 'Substituted sulfo' or 'sulfonic acid ester' refers to the group -S(O) 2 OR 95 , wherein R 95 is selected from:
  • Ci-C 8 alkyl C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 6 -Ci 0 aryl, aralkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and heteroaralkyl; or
  • Exemplary 'Substituted sulfo' or 'sulfonic acid ester' groups are -S(O) 2 -O-(Ci-C 8 alkyl) and -S(O) 2 -O-(C 3 -Ci 0 cycloalkyl), -S(O) 2 -O-(CHj) 1 (C 6 -C 10 aryl), -S(O) 2 -O-(CH 2 ) t (5-10 membered heteroaryl), -S(O) 2 -O-(CH 2 X(C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl), and -S(O) 2 -O-(CH 2 ) t (4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4 and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted Cj-C 4 alkyl,
  • 'Thiol' refers to the group -SH.
  • 'Aminocarbonylamino' refers to the group -NR 96 C(O)NR 96 R 96 where each R 96 is independently hydrogen Ci-C 8 alkyl, C 3 -C] 0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C 6 -Ci 0 aryl, aralkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and heteroaralkyl, as defined herein; or where two R 96 groups, when attached to the same N, are joined to form an alkylene group.
  • 'BicycloaryP refers to a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent bicycloaromatic ring system.
  • Typical bicycloaryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from indane, indene, naphthalene, tetrahydronaphthalene, and the like. Particularly, an aryl group comprises from 8 to 11 carbon atoms.
  • 'BicycloheteroaryF refers to a monovalent bicycloheteroaromatic group derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single atom of a parent bicycloheteroaromatic ring system.
  • Typical bicycloheteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from benzofuran, benzimidazole, benzindazole, benzdioxane, chromene, chromane, cinnoline, phthalazine, indole, indoline, indolizine, isobenzofuran, isochromene, isoindole, isoindoline, isoquinoline, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, naphthyridine, benzoxadiazole, pteridine, purine, benzopyran, benzpyrazine, pyridopyrimidine, quinazoline, quinoline, quinolizine, quinoxaline, benzomorphan, tetrahydroisoquinoline, tetrahydroquinoline, and the like.
  • the bicycloheteroaryl group is between 9-11 membered bicycloheteroaryl, with 5-10 membered heteroaryl being particularly preferred.
  • Particular bicycloheteroaryl groups are those derived from benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzothiazole, indole, quinoline, isoquinoline, benzimidazole, benzoxazole and benzdioxane.
  • 'CycloalkylalkyP refers to a radical in which a cycloalkyl group is substituted for a hydrogen atom of an alkyl group.
  • Typical cycloalkylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cycloheptylmethyl, cyclooctylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cycloheptylethyl, and cyclooctylethyl, and the like.
  • Heterocycloalkylalkyl refers to a radical in which a heterocycloalkyl group is substituted for a hydrogen atom of an alkyl group.
  • Typical heterocycloalkylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinylmethyl, piperidinylmethyl, piperazinylmethyl, morpholinylmethyl, pyrrolidinylethyl, piperidinylethyl, piperazinylethyl, morpholinyl ethyl, and the like.
  • 'Cycloalkenyl' refers to cyclic hydrocarbyl groups having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and having a single cyclic ring or multiple condensed rings, including fused and bridged ring systems and having at least one and particularly from 1 to 2 sites of olefinic unsaturation.
  • Such cycloalkenyl groups include, by way of example, single ring structures such as cyclohexenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopropenyl, and the like.
  • cycloalkenyl refers to those groups recited in the definition of "substituted” herein, and particularly refers to a cycloalkenyl group having 1 or more substituents, for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, and particularly from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, amino, substituted amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, cyano, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, nitro, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thioketo, thiol, alkyl-S(O)-, aryl-S
  • Cycloalkenyl refers to a cycloalkenyl having two of its ring carbon atoms in common with a second aliphatic or aromatic ring and having its olefinic unsaturation located to impart aromaticity to the cycloalkenyl ring.
  • 'Ethylene' refers to substituted or unsubstituted -(C-C)-.
  • 'Hydrogen bond donor' group refers to a group containg O-H, or N-H functionality.
  • Examples of 'hydrogen bond donor' groups include —OH, -NH 2 , and -NH-R 97 and wherein R 97 is alkyl, acyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • 'Dihydroxyphosphoryl' refers to the radical -PO(OH) 2 .
  • substituted herein, and particularly refers to a dihydroxyphosphoryl radical wherein one or both of the hydroxyl groups are substituted. Suitable substituents are described in detail below. [00131] 'Aminohydroxyphosphoryl' refers to the radical -PO(OH)NH 2 .
  • substituted herein, and particularly refers to an aminohydroxyphosphoryl wherein the amino group is substituted with one or two substituents. Suitable substituents are described in detail below. In certain embodiments, the hydroxyl group can also be substituted.
  • 'Nitrogen-Containing Heterocycloalkyl' group means a 4 to 7 membered non-aromatic cyclic group containing at least one nitrogen atom, for example, but without limitation, morpholine, piperidine (e.g. 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl and 4-piperidinyl), pyrrolidine (e.g. 2-pyrrolidinyl and 3- pyrrolidinyl), azetidine, pyrrolidone, imidazoline, imidazolidinone, 2-pyrazoline, pyrazolidine, piperazine, and N-alkyl piperazines such as N-methyl piperazine. Particular examples include azetidine, piperidone and piperazone.
  • heterocyclic ring may have one to four heteroatoms so long as the heteroaromatic ring is chemically feasible and stable.
  • 'Pharmaceutically acceptable means approved or approvable by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or the corresponding agency in countries other than the United States, or that is listed in the U.S. Pharmacopoeia or other generally recognized pharmacopoeia for use in animals, and more particularly, in humans.
  • 'Pharmaceutically acceptable salt' refers to a salt of a compound of the invention that is pharmaceutically acceptable and that possesses the desired pharmacological activity of the parent compound.
  • such salts are non-toxic may be inorganic or organic acid addition salts and base addition salts.
  • such salts include: (1) acid addition salts, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl) benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1 ,2-ethane-disulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 4-toluenesulf
  • Salts further include, by way of example only, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium, and the like; and when the compound contains a basic functionality, salts of non toxic organic or inorganic acids, such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, tartrate, mesylate, acetate, maleate, oxalate and the like.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable cation refers to an acceptable cationic counter-ion of an acidic functional group. Such cations are exemplified by sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium cations, and the like.
  • 'Pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle refers to a diluent, adjuvant, excipient or carrier with which a compound of the invention is administered.
  • 'Prodrugs' refers to compounds, including derivatives of the compounds of the invention, which have cleavable groups and become by solvolysis or under physiological conditions the compounds of the invention which are pharmaceutically active in vivo. Such examples include, but are not limited to, choline ester derivatives and the like, N-alkylmorpholine esters and the like.
  • 'Solvate' refers to forms of the compound that are associated with a solvent, usually by a solvolysis reaction. This physical association includes hydrogen bonding. Conventional solvents include water, ethanol, acetic acid and the like.
  • the compounds of the invention may be prepared e.g. in crystalline form and may be solvated or hydrated.
  • Suitable solvates include pharmaceutically acceptable solvates, such as hydrates, and further include both stoichiometric solvates and non-stoichiometric solvates. In certain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid. ' Solvate' encompasses both solution-phase and isolable solvates. Representative solvates include hydrates, ethanolates and methanolates.
  • 'Subject' includes humans.
  • the terms 'human', 'patient' and 'subject' are used interchangeably herein.
  • 'Therapeutically effective amount means the amount of a compound that, when administered to a subject for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease.
  • “therapeutically effective amount” can vary depending on the compound, the disease and its severity, and the age, weight, etc., of the subject to be treated.
  • 'Preventing' or 'prevention' refers to a reduction in risk of acquiring or developing a disease or disorder (i.e., causing at least one of the clinical symptoms of the disease not to develop in a subject that may be exposed to a disease-causing agent, or predisposed to the disease in advance of disease onset.
  • 'prophylaxis' is related to 'prevention', and refers to a measure or procedure the purpose of which is to prevent, rather than to treat or cure a disease.
  • prophylactic measures may include the administration of vaccines; the administration of low molecular weight heparin to hospital patients at risk for thrombosis due, for example, to immobilization; and the administration of an anti-malarial agent such as chloroquine, in advance of a visit to a geographical region where malaria is endemic or the risk of contracting malaria is high.
  • 'Treating' or 'treatment' of any disease or disorder refers, in one embodiment, to ameliorating the disease or disorder (i.e., arresting the disease or reducing the manifestation, extent or severity of at least one of the clinical symptoms thereof).
  • 'treating' or 'treatment' refers to ameliorating at least one physical parameter, which may not be discernible by the subject
  • 'treating' or 'treatment' refers to modulating the disease or disorder, either physically, (e.g., stabilization of a discernible symptom), physiologically, (e.g., stabilization of a physical parameter), or both.
  • "treating" or "treatment” relates to slowing the progression of the disease.
  • Prodrugs include acid derivatives well know to practitioners of the art, such as, for example, esters prepared by reaction of the parent acid with a suitable alcohol, or amides prepared by reaction of the parent acid compound with a substituted or unsubstituted amine, or acid anhydrides, or mixed anhydrides.
  • Simple aliphatic or aromatic esters, amides and anhydrides derived from acidic groups pendant on the compounds of this invention are particular prodrugs.
  • double ester type prodrugs such as (acyloxy)alkyl esters or ((alkoxycarbonyl)oxy)alkylesters.
  • acyloxy alkyl esters or ((alkoxycarbonyl)oxy
  • alkoxycarbonyl alkoxycarbonyl
  • the term 'isotopic variant' refers to a compound that contains unnatural proportions of isotopes at one or more of the atoms that constitute such compound.
  • an 'isotopic variant' of a compound can contain one or more non-radioactive isotopes, such as for example, deuterium ( 2 H or D), carbon-13 ( 13 C), nitrogen-15 ( 15 N), or the like.
  • non-radioactive isotopes such as for example, deuterium ( 2 H or D), carbon-13 ( 13 C), nitrogen-15 ( 15 N), or the like.
  • the following atoms, where present may vary, so that for example, any hydrogen may be 2 HZD, any carbon may be 13 C, or any nitrogen may be 15 N, and that the presence and placement of such atoms may be determined within the skill of the art.
  • the invention may include the preparation of isotopic variants with radioisotopes, in the instance for example, where the resulting compounds may be used for drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies.
  • the radioactive isotopes tritium, i.e. 3 H, and carbon-14, i.e. 14 C, are particularly useful for this purpose in view of their ease of incorporation and ready means of detection.
  • compounds may be prepared that are substituted with positron emitting isotopes, such as 11 C, 18 F, 15 O and 13 N, and would be useful in Positron Emission Topography (PET) studies for examining substrate receptor occupancy.
  • PET Positron Emission Topography
  • Stereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another are termed 'diastereomers' and those that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other are termed 'enantiomers'.
  • a compound has an asymmetric center, for example, it is bonded to four different groups, a pair of enantiomers is possible.
  • An enantiomer can be characterized by the absolute configuration of its asymmetric center and is described by the R- and S-sequencing rules of Cahn and Prelog, or by the manner in which the molecule rotates the plane of polarized light and designated as dextrorotatory or levorotatory (i.e., as (+) or (-)-isomers respectively).
  • a chiral compound can exist as either individual enantiomer or as a mixture thereof. A mixture containing equal proportions of the enantiomers is called a 'racemic mixture'.
  • 'Tautomers' refer to compounds that are interchangeable forms of a particular compound structure, and that vary in the displacement of hydrogen atoms and electrons. Thus, two structures may be in equilibrium through the movement of ⁇ electrons and an atom (usually H).
  • enols and ketones are tautomers because they are rapidly interconverted by treatment with either acid or base.
  • Another example of tautomerism is the aci- and nitro- forms of phenylnitromethane, that are likewise formed by treatment with acid or base.
  • Tautomeric forms may be relevant to the attainment of the optimal chemical reactivity and biological activity of a compound of interest.
  • a pure enantiomeric compound is substantially free from other enantiomers or stereoisomers of the compound (i.e., in enantiomeric excess).
  • an "S" form of the compound is substantially free from the "R” form of the compound and is, thus, in enantiomeric excess of the "R” form.
  • enantiomerically pure or “pure enantiomer” denotes that the compound comprises more than 75% by weight, more than 80% by weight, more than 85% by weight, more than 90% by weight, more than 91 % by weight, more than 92% by weight, more than 93% by weight, more than 94% by weight, more than 95% by weight, more than 96% by weight, more than 97% by weight, more than 98% by weight, more than 98.5% by weight, more than 99% by weight, more than 99.2% by weight, more than 99.5% by weight, more than 99.6% by weight, more than 99.7% by weight, more than 99.8% by weight or more than 99.9% by weight, of the enantiomer.
  • the weights are based upon total weight of all enantiomers or stereoisomers of the compound.
  • the term "enantiomerically pure R- compound” refers to at least about 80% by weight R-compound and at most about 20% by weight S- compound, at least about 90% by weight R-compound and at most about 10% by weight S-compound, at least about 95% by weight R-compound and at most about 5% by weight S-compound, at least about 99% by weight R-compound and at most about 1% by weight S-compound, at least about 99.9% by weight R- compound or at most about 0.1% by weight S-compound.
  • the weights are based upon total weight of compound.
  • the term “enantiomerically pure S- compound” or “S-compound” refers to at least about 80% by weight S-compound and at most about 20% by weight R-compound, at least about 90% by weight S-compound and at most about 10% by weight R- compound, at least about 95% by weight S-compound and at most about 5% by weight R-compound, at least about 99% by weight S-compound and at most about 1% by weight R-compound or at least about 99.9% by weight S-compound and at most about 0.1% by weight R-compound.
  • the weights are based upon total weight of compound.
  • an enantiomerically pure compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate or prodrug thereof can be present with other active or inactive ingredients.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising enantiomerically pure R- compound can comprise, for example, about 90% excipient and about 10% enantiomerically pure R- compound.
  • the enantiomerically pure R-compound in such compositions can, for example, comprise, at least about 95% by weight R-compound and at most about 5% by weight S- compound, by total weight of the compound.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising enantiomerically pure S-compound can comprise, for example, about 90% excipient and about 10% enantiomerically pure S-compound.
  • the enantiomerically pure S-compound in such compositions can, for example, comprise, at least about 95% by weight S-compound and at most about 5% by weight R-compound, by total weight of the compound.
  • the active ingredient can be formulated with little or no excipient or carrier.
  • the compounds of this invention may possess one or more asymmetric centers; such compounds can therefore be produced as individual (R)- or (S)- stereoisomers or as mixtures thereof.
  • R R
  • S S
  • the description or naming of a particular compound in the specification and claims is intended to include both individual enantiomers and mixtures, racemic or otherwise, thereof.
  • the methods for the determination of stereochemistry and the separation of stereoisomers are well-known in the art.
  • the present invention provides compounds useful for preventing and/or treating a broad range of conditions, among them, pain, sleep disorders, anxiety and depression disorders, weight and eating disorders, Parkinson's disease, addiction, spasticity, inflammatory disorders, glaucoma or other disorders.
  • each A, B, and Y are independently CR 2a R 2b ;
  • W and Z are independently CR 4 ;
  • X is -SO 2 -, -CO-, -SO 2 NR 21 S or -CONH-; nl is 0 or 1 ;
  • L 1 is a single bond or substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 5 alkylene; provided that when nl is 0, Ll is substituted or unsubstituted Ci -C 5 alkylene;
  • R 1 is selected from a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl; each of R 2a , R 2b , and R 2c is independently selected from hydrogen, and substituted or unsubstituted CpC 6 alkyl;
  • R 3 is selected from substituted or unsubstituted C r C 6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -
  • R 4 is independently selected from H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, substituted Ci-C ⁇ alkyi, acyl, substituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted acylamino, substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl arylalkyloxy, substituted arylalkyloxy, amino, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, substituted sulfanyl, substituted sulfinyl, substituted sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminosulfonyl, sulfo, sulfonic acid ester, azido, carboxy, substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl, cyano, substituted or unsubstiruted C 3 -Cgcycloalkyl,
  • A is CR 2a R 2b .
  • A is CHR 2b .
  • A is CH 2 .
  • each of B and Y is independently CR 2a R 2b . In another embodiment, each of B and Y is independently CHR 2b . [00167] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, B is CH 2 .
  • Y is CH 2 .
  • each of B and Y is N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N
  • R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl.
  • R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
  • R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
  • R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl.
  • R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted quinoline.
  • R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted isoquinoline.
  • Rl is selected from substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxole, substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxane, substituted or unsubstituted benzofuran, substituted or unsubstituted benzothiophene, and substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxepine.
  • R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted quinolin-3-yl.
  • R 1 is unsubstituted quinolin-3-yl.
  • R 1 is unsubstituted phenyl. In another embodiment, R 1 is unsubstituted pyridyl. [00180] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, R 1 is phenyl, pyridyl or quinolin-3-yl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, C r C 6 alkyl, haloCi-C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy and substituted sulfonyl.
  • n is O. In another embodiment, n is 1.
  • L 1 is a single bond.
  • L 1 is a Ci-C 5 alkylene group.
  • L 1 is -CH 2 -, -
  • W is CR 4 and R 4 is H, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C 6 alkyl, or halo.
  • W is CR 4 and R 4 is H, Me, CF 3 , Cl or F.
  • Z is CR 4 and R 4 is
  • Z is CR 4 and R 4 is
  • each of W and Z is independently CH.
  • the compound is according to formula Ha, lib, Hc, Hd, He, Hf, Hg, Hh, Hi, or Hj:
  • the compound is according to formula Ha, lib, Hc, or Hd.
  • the compound is according to formula Hf, Hg, or Hh.
  • the compound is according to formula Hi, or Hj.
  • R 2c is H. In another embodiment, R 2c is Me, Et, n-Pr, i-Pr, or n-Bu.
  • R 3 is Me, Et, n-Pr, i-Pr, or n-Bu; and R 3 is Me, Et, n-Pr, i-Pr, or n-Bu.
  • each of R 2c and R 3 is independently Me, or Et.
  • each of R 2c and R 3 is Et. [00198]
  • R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted C
  • R 3 is unsubstituted C r C 6 alkyl.
  • R 3 is Me, Et, n-Pr, i-Pr, n-Bu, t-Bu, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, or CF 3 .
  • R 3 is C r
  • R 3 is Ci-C 6 alkyl, substituted with Cl, F or OH.
  • R 3 is CH 2 OH.
  • R 3 is CH 2 Ph.
  • R 3 is CH 2 -(2-Cl-Ph). In yet another particular embodiment, R 3 is CH 2 -
  • R 3 is C 3 -
  • C 8 cycloalkyl unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, C r C 6 alkyl, alkoxy and haloalkyl.
  • R 3 is unsubstituted cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl.
  • R 3 is unsubstituted cyclobutyl.
  • R 3 is unsubstituted cyclopentyl.
  • R 3 is unsubstituted cyclohexyl.
  • R 3 is unsubstituted cyclobutyl.
  • R 3 is unsubstituted cyclohexyl.
  • R 3 is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, C r C 6 alkyl, alkoxy and haloalkyl.
  • R 3 is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from Me, Et, Cl, F, CN, OH, OMe, OEt, CF 3 , CHF 2 , OCF 3 , i-Pr, i-Bu, and t-Bu.
  • R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl.
  • R 3 is unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, or piperazinyl.
  • R 3 is pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, or piperazinyl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, C
  • R 3 is pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, or piperazinyl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from Me, Et, Cl, F, CN, OH, OMe, OEt, CF 3 , CHF 2 , OCF 3 , i-Pr, i-Bu, and t-Bu.
  • R 3 is pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, or piperazinyl, substituted with Me.
  • R 3 is pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, or piperazinyl, unsubstituted or substituted with Me.
  • R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl.
  • R 3 is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, sulfo, substituted sulfanyl, substituted sulfinyl, substituted sulfonyl, amido, carboxy, Q-C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C 6 alkyl, substituted C
  • R 3 is monosubstituted phenyl.
  • R 3 is disubstituted phenyl.
  • R 3 is Ph, 2 -Cl-
  • R 3 is Ph substituted with substituted or unsubstituted amino. In another particular embodiment, R 3 is Ph substituted with NH 2 .
  • R 3 is Ph, 2-Cl-Ph, 2-F-Ph, 4-Cl-Ph, 4-F-Ph, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 4-OH-Ph, or 2-OH-Ph. In another particular embodiment, R 3 is 4-OH-Ph.
  • R 3 is Ph substituted with Cl.
  • R 3 is 2-Cl-Ph, 3-Cl-Ph, or 4-Cl-Ph.
  • R 3 is 2-Cl.
  • R 3 is Ph substituted with F.
  • R 3 is 2-F-Ph, 3-F-Ph, or 4-F-Ph.
  • R 3 is 2-F.
  • R 3 is Ph substituted with OCF 3 .
  • R 3 is 3-OCF 3 -Ph.
  • R 3 is 2-OCF 3 -Ph.
  • R 3 is Ph substituted with CF 3 .
  • R 3 is 3-CF 3 -Ph.
  • R 3 is 2-CF 3 -Ph or 4-CF 3 -Ph.
  • R 3 is 2,4- difluorophenyl.
  • R 3 is Ph substituted with NO 2 .
  • R 3 is 2-NO 2 -Ph, 3-NO 2 -Ph, or 4-NO 2 -Ph.
  • R 3 is 2-NO 2 Ph.
  • R 3 is 2,4-di-NO 2 Ph.
  • R 3 is pyridyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, sulfo, substituted sulfanyl, substituted sulfinyl, substituted sulfonyl, amido, carboxy, CpCe alkoxycarbonyl, C r C 6 alkyl, substituted C r C 6 alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, and sulfonamide.
  • R 3 is unsubstituted pyrimidinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazinyl, benzdioxolanyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl.
  • R 3 is unsubstituted indolyl, indazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or furanyl.
  • R 3 is pyrimidinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazinyl, benzdioxolanyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, sulfo, substituted sulfonyl, substituted sulfanyl, amido, carboxy, C r C 6 alkoxycarbonyl, C r C 6 alkyl, substituted C
  • R 3 is unsubstituted thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or oxadiazolyl.
  • R 3 is thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or oxadiazolyl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from Me, Et, Cl, CF 3 , CO 2 Me, CO 2 Et, and NHAc.
  • R 3 is Ph, thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or oxadiazolyl, substituted with 5- membered heteroaryl.
  • the 5-membered heteroaryl is selected from pyrrolyl, thiopheny, oxazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl.
  • the 5- membered heteroaryl substituted with halo or Ci-C 6 alkyl.
  • the 5- membered heteroaryl is selected from pyrrolyl, thiopheny, oxazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from Me, Et, Cl, and CF 3 .
  • R 3 is thiophenyl, methylthiophenyl, furanyl, methylfuranyl, pyrazolyl, or methylpyrazolyl.
  • R 3 is thiadiazolyl substituted with Me, Et, Cl, or CF 3 .
  • R 3 is thiadiazolyl substituted with Cl. In one particular embodiment, R 3 is 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl.
  • R 3 is oxadiazolyl substituted with Me, Et, Cl, CO 2 Et, or CF 3 . hi another particular embodiment, R 3 is oxadiazolyl substituted with CO 2 Et. hi one particular embodiment, R 3 is 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl.
  • R 3 is furanyl, unsubstitured or substituted with Me, Et, Cl, or CF 3 .
  • R 3 is unsubstituted furanyl. In yet another particular embodiment, R 3 is furanyl substituted with Cl. [00244] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R 3 is thiophenyl, unsubstitured or substituted with Me, Et, Cl, CO 2 Et, or CF 3 . hi another particular embodiment, R 3 is unsubstituted thiophenyl. In yet another particular embodiment, R 3 is thiophenyl substituted with Cl or CO 2 Et,.
  • R 3 is oxazoyl or thiazolyl, unsubstitured or substituted with Me, Et, Cl, or CF 3 .
  • R 3 is unsubstituted thiazolyl.
  • R 3 is thiazoyl substituted with Me or Cl.
  • R 3 is thiazoyl or oxazolyl substituted with dimethyl.
  • R 3 is pyrazolyl substituted with Me, Et, Cl, CO 2 Et, or CF 3 .
  • R 3 is pyrazolyl substituted with CO 2 Et or Me.
  • R 3 is thiophenyl, methylthiophenyl, furanyl, methylfuranyl, pyrazolyl, or methylpyrazolyl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from Me, Et, Cl, CF 3 , CO 2 Me, CO 2 Et, and NHAc.
  • R 3 is a phenyl, hi certain embodiments, R 3 is a substituted phenyl.
  • R 3 is a mono-substituted phenyl.
  • R 3 is a di-substituted phenyl.
  • R 3 is a substituted phenyl where the substituent on the phenyl is selected from halo, amido, Ci-C 6 alkyl, alkoxy, sulfonyl, sulfonamidyl, haloalkyl and trihaloalkyl.
  • the substitution on the R 3 phenyl is selected from Cl, F, CF 3 , Me, t-Bu, OMe, SO 2 R 2 , NR 2 R 2 , and SO 2 NR 2 R 2 .
  • the substitution on the R 3 phenyl is selected from Cl, Me, t-Bu and SO 2 Me.
  • R 3 is a substituted phenyl
  • one or more substituents are on the phenyl at the 2 (orth ⁇ ), 3 (meta) and/or 4 (para) position relative to the carbon attached to the nitrogen atom in the fused heterocyclic scaffold in formula I.
  • R 3 is a substituted phenyl, where a substituent is on the phenyl at the 2 (ortho), 3 (meta) and/or 4 (para) position.
  • the substitution on the R phenyl is at the 2 or 4 position.
  • the substitution on the R 3 phenyl is at the 4 position.
  • R 3 are selected from
  • n' is selected from 1-5 and each of R 5 is independently selected from H, Ci-C 6 alkyl, substituted C
  • subscript n' is 1, 2 or 3.
  • subscript n' is 1 or 2.
  • each R 5 is independently selected from Me, Et, Pr, iso-Pr, Ph, Cl,
  • each R 5 is independently selected from Me, Et, Pr, iso-Pr, Ph, Cl,
  • the compound is selected from the compounds listed in Table 1.
  • the compound is selected from:
  • the compound is selected from:
  • the compound is selected from compound #s 7, 10, 22, 25, 29, 35, 36, 55, 69, 75, 81, 82, 84, 97, 105, 107, 1 14, 121, 123,
  • the compound is selected from compound #s 7, 22, 35, 36, 97, and 144.
  • the compound is selected from compound #s 10, 25, and 82.
  • the compound is selected from compound #s 55, 69, 81, 84, 123, 127, 129, 147, 162, 183, 239, 281, and 309.
  • the compound is selected from compound #s 105, 107, 1 14, 175, 188, 203, 204, 228, 270, and 322.
  • the compound is selected from compound #s 75, 260, 271, and 274
  • the present invention provides prodrugs and derivatives of the compounds according to the formulae above.
  • Prodrugs are derivatives of the compounds of the invention, which have metabolically cleavable groups and become by solvolysis or under physiological conditions the compounds of the invention, which are pharmaceutically active, in vivo.
  • Such examples include, but are not limited to, choline ester derivatives and the like, N-alkylmorpholinyl esters and the like.
  • Certain compounds of this invention have activity in both their acid and acid derivative forms, but the acid sensitive form often offers advantages of solubility, tissue compatibility, or delayed release in the mammalian organism (see, Bundgard, H., Design of Prodrugs, pp. 7-9, 21-24, Elsevier,
  • Prodrugs include acid derivatives well know to practitioners of the art, such as, for example, esters prepared by reaction of the parent acid with a suitable alcohol, or amides prepared by reaction of the parent acid compound with a substituted or unsubstituted amine, or acid anhydrides, or mixed anhydrides. Simple aliphatic or aromatic esters, amides and anhydrides derived from acidic groups pendant on the compounds of this invention are preferred prodrugs. In some cases it is desirable to prepare double ester type prodrugs such as (acyloxy)alkyl esters or ((alkoxycarbonyl)oxy)alkylesters.
  • Ci to C 8 or Ci-C ⁇ alkyl C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, and arylalkyl esters of the compounds of the invention.
  • the compounds of this invention are typically administered in the form of a pharmaceutical composition.
  • Such compositions can be prepared in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art and comprise at least one active compound.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may comprise a compound of the invention in combination with one or more compounds or compositions of like therapeutic utility and effect.
  • the compounds of this invention are administered in a pharmaceutically effective amount. The amount of the compound actually administered will typically be determined by a physician, in the light of the relevant circumstances, including the condition to be treated, the chosen route of administration, the actual compound -administered, the age, weight, and response of the individual patient, the severity of the patient's symptoms, and the like.
  • compositions of this invention can be administered by a variety of routes including oral, rectal, transdermal, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, and intranasal.
  • routes including oral, rectal, transdermal, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, and intranasal.
  • the compounds of this invention are preferably formulated as either injectable or oral compositions or as salves, as lotions or as patches all for transdermal administration.
  • compositions for oral administration can take the form of bulk liquid solutions or suspensions, or bulk powders. More commonly, however, the compositions are presented in unit dosage forms to facilitate accurate dosing.
  • unit dosage forms refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient.
  • Typical unit dosage forms include prefilled, premeasured ampules or syringes of the liquid compositions or pills, tablets, capsules or the like in the case of solid compositions, hi such compositions, the furansulfonic acid compound is usually a minor component (from about 0.1 to about 50% by weight or preferably from about 1 to about 40% by weight) with the remainder being various vehicles or carriers and processing aids helpful for forming the desired dosing form.
  • Liquid forms suitable for oral administration may include a suitable aqueous or nonaqueous vehicle with buffers, suspending and dispensing agents, colorants, flavors and the like.
  • Solid forms may include, for example, any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
  • a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin
  • an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch
  • a lubricant such as magnesium stearate
  • a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide
  • a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin
  • Injectable compositions are typically based upon injectable sterile saline or phosphate- buffered saline or other injectable carriers known in the art.
  • the active compound in such compositions is typically a minor component, often being from about 0.05 to 10% by weight with the remainder being the injectable carrier and the like.
  • Transdermal compositions are typically formulated as a topical ointment or cream containing the active ingredient(s), generally in an amount ranging from about 0.01 to about 20% by weight, preferably from about 0.1 to about 20% by weight, preferably from about 0.1 to about 10% by weight, and more preferably from about 0.5 to about 15% by weight.
  • the active ingredients When formulated as a ointment, the active ingredients will typically be combined with either a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base. Alternatively, the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with, for example an oil-in-water cream base.
  • Such transdermal formulations are well-known in the art and generally include additional ingredients to enhance the dermal penetration of stability of the active ingredients or the formulation. All such known transdermal formulations and ingredients are included within the scope of this invention.
  • the compounds of this invention can also be administered by a transdermal device.
  • transdermal administration can be accomplished using a patch either of the reservoir or porous membrane type, or of a solid matrix variety.
  • the compounds of this invention can also be administered in sustained release forms or from sustained release drug delivery systems.
  • sustained release materials can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences.
  • a compound of the invention is admixed as a dry powder with a dry gelatin binder in an approximate 1 :2 weight ratio.
  • a minor amount of magnesium stearate is added as a lubricant.
  • the mixture is formed into 240-270 mg tablets (80-90 mg of active compound per tablet) in a tablet press.
  • a compound of the invention is admixed as a dry powder with a starch diluent in an approximate 1 :1 weight ratio. The mixture is filled into 250 mg capsules (125 mg of active compound per capsule).
  • a compound of the invention (125 mg) may be admixed with sucrose (1.75 g) and xanthan gum (4 mg) and the resultant mixture may be blended, passed through a No. 10 mesh U.S. sieve, and then mixed with a previously made solution of microcrystalline cellulose and sodium carboxymethyl cellulose (11 :89, 50 mg) in water.
  • Sodium benzoate (10 mg) flavor, and color are diluted with water and added with stirring. Sufficient water may then added to produce a total volume of 5 mL.
  • a compound of the invention may be admixed as a dry powder with a dry gelatin binder in an approximate 1 :2 weight ratio. A minor amount of magnesium stearate is added as a lubricant. The mixture is formed into 450-900 mg tablets (150-300 mg of active compound) in a tablet press.
  • a compound of the invention is dissolved or suspended in a buffered sterile saline injectable aqueous medium to a concentration of approximately 5 mg/mL.
  • Formulation 6 Topical [00286] Stearyl alcohol (250 g) and a white petrolatum (250 g) are melted at about 75 0 C and then a mixture of a compound of the invention (50 g) methylparaben (0.25 g), propylparaben (0.15 g), sodium lauryl sulfate (10 g), and propylene glycol (120 g) dissolved in water (about 370 g) is added and the resulting mixture is stirred until it congeals.
  • a compound of the invention 50 g) methylparaben (0.25 g), propylparaben (0.15 g), sodium lauryl sulfate (10 g), and propylene glycol (120 g) dissolved in water (about 370 g) is added and the resulting mixture is stirred until it congeals.
  • the present compounds are used as therapeutic agents for the treatment of conditions in mammals. Accordingly, the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of this invention find use as therapeutics for preventing and/or treating neurodegenerative, autoimmune and inflammatory conditions in mammals including humans. Thus, and as stated earlier, the present invention includes within its scope, and extends to, the recited methods of treatment, as well as to the compounds for such methods, and for the preparation of medicaments useful for such methods.
  • this invention provides a method of treating a mammal susceptible to or afflicted with a condition associated with arthritis, asthma, dermatitis, myocardial infarction, inflammatory bowel disease and autoimmune disorders, which method comprises administering an effective amount of one or more of the pharmaceutical compositions just described.
  • this invention provides methods of treating a mammal susceptible to or afflicted with neurodegenerative diseases and disorders such as, for example Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease and multiple sclerosis; sleep disorders, anxiety and depression disorders, weight and eating disorders, addiction, spasticity, and glaucoma; diseases and disorders which are mediated by or result in neuroinflammation such as, for example encephalitis; centrally-mediated neuropsychiatric diseases and disorders such as, for example depression mania, bipolar disease, anxiety, schizophrenia, eating disorders, sleep disorders and cognition disorders; epilepsy and seizure disorders; prostate, bladder and bowel dysfunction such as, for example urinary incontinence, urinary hesitancy, rectal hypersensitivity, fecal incontinence, benign prostatic hypertrophy and inflammatory bowel disease; respiratory and airway disease and disorders such as, for example, allergic rhinitis, asthma and reactive airway disease and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease; diseases and disorders which are mediated by
  • this invention provides a method of treating a mammal susceptible to or afflicted with a condition that gives rise to pain responses or that relates to imbalances in the maintenance of basal activity of sensory nerves.
  • the present compounds have use as analgesics for the treatment of pain of various geneses or etiology, for example acute, inflammatory pain (such as pain associated with osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis); various neuropathic pain syndromes (such as post-herpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia, reflex sympathetic dystrophy, diabetic neuropathy, Guillian Barre syndrome, fibromyalgia, phantom limb pain, post-mastectomy pain, peripheral neuropathy, HIV neuropathy, and chemotherapy-induced and other iatrogenic neuropathies); visceral pain, (such as that associated with gastroesophageal reflex disease, irritable bowel syndrome, inflammatory bowel disease, pancreatitis, and various gyn
  • the present compounds for use as a pharmaceutical especially in the treatment or prevention of the aforementioned conditions and diseases.
  • Injection dose levels range from about 0.1 mg/kg/hour to at least 10 mg/kg/hour, all for from about 1 to about 120 hours and especially 24 to 96 hours.
  • a preloading bolus of from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg or more may also be administered to achieve adequate steady state levels.
  • the maximum total dose is not expected to exceed about 2 g/day for a 40 to 80 kg human patient.
  • the regimen for treatment usually stretches over many months or years so oral dosing is preferred for patient convenience and tolerance. With oral dosing, one to five and especially two to four and typically three oral doses per day are representative regimens. Using these dosing patterns, each dose provides from about 0.01 to about 20 mg/kg of the compound of the invention, with preferred doses each providing from about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg and especially about 1 to about 5 mg/kg.
  • Transdermal doses are generally selected to provide similar or lower blood levels than are achieved using injection doses.
  • the compounds of this invention When used to prevent the onset of a neurodegenerative, autoimmune or inflammatory condition, the compounds of this invention will be administered to a patient at risk for developing the condition, typically on the advice and under the supervision of a physician, at the dosage levels described above.
  • Patients at risk for developing a particular condition generally include those that have a family history of the condition, or those who have been identified by genetic testing or screening to be particularly susceptible to developing the condition.
  • the compounds of this invention can be administered as the sole active agent or they can be administered in combination with other agents, including other active amines and derivatives.
  • the compounds of this invention can be prepared from readily available starting materials using the following general methods and procedures. See, e.g., Synthetic Scheme, below. It will be appreciated that where typical or preferred process conditions ⁇ i.e., reaction temperatures, times, mole ratios of reactants, solvents, pressures, etc.) are given, other process conditions can also be used unless otherwise stated. Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the particular reactants or solvent used, but such conditions can be determined by one skilled in the art by routine optimization procedures. [00298] Additionally, as will be apparent to those skilled in the art, conventional protecting groups may be necessary to prevent certain functional groups from undergoing undesired reactions.
  • the compounds of this invention may be prepared by the reaction of a chloro derivative with an appropriately substituted amine and the product isolated and purified by known standard procedures. Such procedures include (but are not limited to) recrystallization, column chromatography or HPLC. The following schemes are presented with details as to the preparation of representative fused heterocyclics that have been listed hereinabove.
  • the compounds of the invention may be prepared from known or commercially available starting materials and reagents by one skilled in the art of organic synthesis.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be prepared by a variety of processes well known for the preparation of compounds of this type, for example reaction schemes, and general procedures as described below.
  • R is -(X) n i-L'-R 3 ; nl is 0; and X, L 1 and R 3 are as described herein.
  • R is -(X) nI -L -R ; nl is 0; and X, L and R are as described herein.
  • Azepane-1-sulfonyl chloride (7.51 mg, 0.0380 mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture was allowed to stir at room tmeperature for 30 minutes.
  • the combined pure fractions were reduced invacuo to afford the title compound as an off white solid.
  • R is -(X) nI -L -R ; nl is O; and X, L and R are as described herein.
  • Human cell line T84 human colon epithelial cells
  • HEK293-TRex cells stably transfected with hFAAH in the pCDNA5-Tet-off vector
  • medium containing DMEM 10% FBS penicillin/streptomycin, glutamax, 200 ⁇ g/ml hygromycin and 0.5 ⁇ g/ml blasticidin.
  • Cell collection is done 24h after induction with doxycycline by first washing the cells with cold PBS and then incubating them with Versene before centrifugation. Cell pellets are then stored at -80 0 C until needed.
  • the cell pellets are thawed on ice at room temperature and resuspended in homogenization buffer (50 mM HEPES (pH 7.4), 1 mM EDTA, 1 ⁇ M Pepstatin A, 100 ⁇ M Leupeptin, 0.1 mg/mL aprotinin).
  • Cell suspensions are then homogenized on ice using the Polytron 1200C at setting 6 for three 30-second intervals with 30-second rests. The suspension is centrifuged at lOOOg for 10 minutes at 4°C and the supernatant is collected and further centrifuged at 24000rpm for 30 minutes at 4°C using an ultracentrifuge.
  • Pellets are resuspended by adding in cold microsomal buffer (50 mM HEPES (pH 7.4) and 1 mM EDTA) and sheared through a 23-gauge needle five times, keeping the suspension on ice. Protein concentrations are determined using the BCA assay and aliquoted preparations are stored at -80 0 C until needed.
  • cold microsomal buffer 50 mM HEPES (pH 7.4) and 1 mM EDTA
  • Compound potency against hFAAH is determined using an enzymatic assay with a radiometric readout. Briefly, experiments are carried out in 1.5mL vials with a total well volume of 200 ⁇ L with components added in the following order: assay buffer (50 mM HEPES (pH 7.4), 1 mM EDTA, 1 mg/mL BSA), compound solutions (6 different concentrations per compound in triplicate), microsomal enzyme preparation (10 ⁇ g per well) and substrate (AEA with 3 H-AEA tracer, 1 ⁇ M).
  • assay buffer 50 mM HEPES (pH 7.4), 1 mM EDTA, 1 mg/mL BSA
  • compound solutions 6 different concentrations per compound in triplicate
  • microsomal enzyme preparation (10 ⁇ g per well
  • substrate AEA with 3 H-AEA tracer, 1 ⁇ M
  • CCI Chronic Constriction Injury Model
  • the CCI model is performed according to the method described by Bennett and Xie,
  • the L4 and L5 spinal nerves may need to be separated to fully expose the L5 spinal nerve for ligation using extra caution not to damage the L4 nerve during this process. Animals that exhibit L4 nerve damage as evidenced by paw drop post-anesthesia are not included in studies. Once the L5 spinal nerve is exposed, the nerve is ligated with 6-0 silk. Alternatively, the spinal nerve is cut distal to the ligation site. If a more complete neuropathy is required, then the L6 spinal nerve may also be ligated using the procedure described above. Sham operated animals are treated identically with the exception that the nerves will not be ligated/transected.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Compounds are disclosed that have formula (I): where A, B, L1, X, W, Y, R1, R3, and nlare as defined herein. The compounds and pharmaceutical compositions thereof are useful for the prevention and treatment of a variety of conditions in mammals including humans, including by way of non-limiting example, pain, anxiety, depression, inflammation, cognitive disorders, weight and eating disorders, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, spasticity, addiction, glaucoma, and others.

Description

COMPOUNDS USEFUL AS FAAH MODULATORS AND USES THEREOF
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0001] This invention relates to novel compounds that are capable of modulating FAAH (fatty acid amide hydrolase) activity, and to pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds. The invention further relates to preparation of such compounds. This invention also relates to methods for preventing and/or treating conditions that are causally related to aberrant FAAH activity or can be alleviated by modulating FAAH activity, such as pain, sleep disorders, anxiety and depression disorders, weight and eating disorders, Parkinson's disease, addiction, spasticity, inflammatory disorders, glaucoma, hypertension, or other disorders.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0002] Fatty acid amide hydrolase (FAAH) is an integral membrane protein that degrades fatty acid primary amides and ethanolamides, a class of endogenous, lipid signaling molecules. FAAH has been shown to be relevant to the in vivo degradation of anandamide (AEA), oleamide, N-palmitoyl ethanolamide (PEA), N-oleoyl ethanolamide (OEA) and N-acyl taurines. These molecules act through a number of pathways and regulate diverse physiological behaviors including anxiety, pain, satiety, cognition and sleep (M. K. McKinney and B. J. Cravatt, (2005) Annu. Rev. Biochem. 74, 411-432). [0003] The distribution of FAAH in the CNS suggests that it degrades neuromodulating fatty acid amides at their sites of action and is intimately involved in their regulation (E. A. Thomas, et al., (1997) J. Neurosci. Res. 50, 1047-1052). The creation of the FAAH KO (knockout) mouse confirmed that degradation of anandamide (AEA), oleamide, N-palmitoyl ethanolamide (PEA), N-oleoyl ethanolamide (OEA) and N-acyl taurines is regulated by FAAH in mice brains, as elevated levels of these molecules were observed in the absence of FAAH (B. F. Cravatt, et al., (2001), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 98, 9371-9376; A. H. Lichtman, et al., (2002), J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 302, 73-79; and A. Saghatelian, et al., (2004), Biochem. 43, 14332-14339).
[0004] As a number of small molecule inhibitors of FAAH have also been identified (M. Mor, et al., (2004), J. Med Chetn. 47, 4998-5008; and D. L. Boger, et al., (2005) J. Med. Chem. 48, 1849-1856) both genetic (FAAH KO) and chemical tools were available to study the effect of FAAH inhibition in vivo. Additionally, some preliminary evidence exists regarding the existence of endogenous substances capable of activating FAAH (M. Maccarrone, et al., (2004) MoI. Hum. Reprod. 10, 215-221), this suggests that FAAH activation may be possible in vivo. Based on the fact that anandamide is both a CBl receptor and a CB2 receptor agonist, amongst other biological roles, most of the investigations conducted focused on areas known to be affected by the activity of these two receptors. Interestingly, FAAH inhibition did not produce the side effects common to all CBl receptor agonists: catalepsy, hypothermia, hypomotility and hyperphagia. The consequences of FAAH inhibition by a small molecule inhibitor were tested in animal models of anxiety and depression (S. Kathuria, et al., (2003), Nat. Med. 9, 76-81 ; and G. Gobbi, et al., (2005) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 102, 18620-18625). Results indicated that FAAH inhibition led to increased levels of anandamide in the brain and concurrent anxiolytic and anti-depressant effects. [0005] Several studies using both FAAH KO mice and small molecules inhibitors also demonstrated that FAAH inhibition led to analgesia in multiple animal models of pain (L. Chang, et al., (2006) Br. J. Pharmacol. 148, 102-113; A. Jayamanne, et al., (2005) Br. J. Pharmacol. 147, 281-288; M. D. Jhaveri, et al., (2006) J. Neurosci. 26, 13318-13327; and B. F. Cravatt, et al., (2001), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 98, 9371-9376). Furthermore, a FAAH inhibitor was found to possess anti-inflammatory activity as it reduced carrageenan-induced hind paw inflammation in pentobarbital treated mice (S. Holt, et al., (2005) Br. J. Pharmacol. 146, 467-476). Recently, a link between FAAH inhibition and a potential treatment for Parkinson's disease was established (A. C. Kreitzer and R. C. Malenka, (2007) Nature, 445, 643-647). Endocannabinoids were revealed to play a role in the indirect pathway eCB-LTD (Long Term Depression) that is hypothesized to be absent in patients afflicted with the disease. Co-administration of a dopamine D2 receptor agonist and a FAAH inhibitor markedly reduced the motor deficits observed in two animal models of Parkinson's disease. These data clearly demonstrate that FAAH activity can be modulated by small molecules in vivo and that modulation of FAAH activity in vivo has clear potential therapeutic effects for several indications such as anxiety, depression, pain, Parkinson's disease and inflammation (M. K. McKinney and B. J. Cravatt, (2005) Annu. Rev. Biochem. 74, 411-432). [0006] Accordingly, a need therefore exists for the development of agents, i.e. compounds, that are effective as modulators of FAAH activity, and it is toward the fulfillment of that need, that the present invention is directed.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0007] Compounds, and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, having potency and selectivity in the prevention and treatment of conditions that have been associated with neurological and inflammatory disorders and dysfunctions are described herein.
[0008] In particular, compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and methods provided are used to treat, prevent or ameliorate a range of conditions in mammals such as, but not limited to, pain of various genesis or etiology, for example acute, chronic, inflammatory and neuropathic pain, dental pain, dysmenorrhea and headache (such as migraine, cluster headache and tension headache), hi some embodiments, the compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and methods provided are useful for the treatment of inflammatory pain and associated hyperalgesia and allodynia. In some embodiments, the compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and methods provided are useful for the treatment of neuropathic pain and associated hyperalgesis and allodynia (e.g. trigeminal or herpetic neuralgia, diabetic neuropathy, causalgia, sympathetically maintained pain and deafferentation syndromes such as brachial plexus avulsion), hi some embodiments, the compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and methods provided are useful as anti-inflammatory agents for the treatment of arthritis, and as agents to treat Parkinson's Disease, Alzheimer's Disease, asthma, myocardial infarction, neurodegenerative disorders, spasticity, inflammatory bowel disease and autoimmune disorders, fever, atherosclerosis and cardiovascular diseases, renal disorders, bone disorders, obesity, eating disorders, nausea, emesis, cancer, memory disorders, schizophrenia, epilepsy, sleeping disorders, cognitive disorders, depression, anxiety, high blood pressure, addiction, glaucoma and lipid disorders. [0009] Accordingly, in one aspect, compounds are provided that have formula I:
Figure imgf000004_0001
wherein each A, B, and Y are independently CR2aR2b;
W and Z are independently CR4;
X is -SO2-, -CO-, -SO2NR20-, or -CONH-; nl is 0 or 1 ;
L1 is a single bond or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C5 alkylene; provided that when nl is 0, Ll is substituted or unsubstituted Ci -C5 alkylene;
R1 is selected from a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl; each of R2a, R2b, and R2c is independently selected from hydrogen, and substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl;
R3 is selected from substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C6alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-
C8cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and
R4 is independently selected from H, Ci-C6alkyl, substituted Ci-Cβalkyl, acyl, substituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted acylamino, substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl arylalkyloxy, substituted arylalkyloxy, amino, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, substituted sulfanyl, substituted sulfinyl, substituted sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminosulfonyl, sulfo, sulfonic acid ester, azido, carboxy, substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, halo, heteroaryloxy, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, hydroxy, nitro, and thiol; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof; and stereoisomers, isotopic variants and tautomers thereof; provided that the compound is other than 6-benzyl-N-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-5,6,7,8- tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin- 1 -amine.
[0010] In another aspect, pharmaceutical compositions are provided comprising a compound of the invention, and a pharmaceutical carrier, excipient or diluent. The pharmaceutical composition can comprise one or more of the compounds described herein. In a further embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can comprise a compound in combination with one or more other compounds and/or compositions having a like therapeutic effect. [0011] It will be understood that compounds of the present invention useful in the pharmaceutical compositions and treatment methods disclosed herein, can be pharmaceutically acceptable as prepared and used.
[0012] In another aspect, methods are provided for preventing, treating or ameliorating a condition from among those listed herein, and particularly, such condition as may be associated with, e.g., arthritis, asthma, myocardial infarction, lipid disorders, cognitive disorders, anxiety, schizophrenia, depression, memory dysfunctions such as Alzheimers disease, inflammatory bowel disease and autoimmune disorders, which method comprises administering to a mammal in need thereof an amount of one or more of the compounds as provided herein, or pharmaceutical composition thereof, effective to prevent, treat or ameliorate the condition.
[0013] In yet another aspect, methods are provided for preventing, treating or ameliorating a variety of disease states, including the diseases associated with pain, sleep disorders, anxiety and depression disorders, weight and eating disorders, addiction, spasticity, and glaucoma, by administration of a compound such as those provided herein.
[0001] In a further aspect, methods are provided for preventing, treating or ameliorating a neurodegenerative disease or disorder in a mammal. A neurodegenerative disease or disorder can, for example, be Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease and multiple sclerosis; diseases and disorders which are mediated by or result in neuroinflammation such as, for example, encephalitis; centrally-mediated neuropsychiatric diseases and disorders such as, for example, depression mania, bipolar disease, anxiety, schizophrenia, eating disorders, sleep disorders and cognition disorders; epilepsy and seizure disorders; prostate, bladder and bowel dysfunction such as, for example urinary incontinence, urinary hesitancy, rectal hypersensitivity, fecal incontinence, benign prostatic hypertrophy and inflammatory bowel disease; respiratory and airway disease and disorders such as, for example, allergic rhinitis, asthma and reactive airway disease and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease; diseases and disorders which are mediated by or result in inflammation such as, for example rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis, myocardial infarction, various autoimmune diseases and disorders; itch / pruritus such as, for example, psoriasis; obesity; lipid disorders; cancer; and renal disorders For example, the compounds of the invention might be used in conjunction with a dopamine D2 receptor agonist to treat Parkinson's disease, in accordance with the recent findings of Malenka (A. C. Kreitzer and R. C. Malenka, (2007) Nature, 445, 643-647), that FAAH inhibition in conjunction with dopamine administration promises an effective treatment of the disease. Typically, the methods comprise administering an effective condition-treating or condition-preventing amount of one or more of the compounds as provided herein, or pharmaceutical composition thereof, to the mammal in need thereof.
[0014] In addition to the methods of treatment set forth above, the present invention extends to the use of any of the compounds of the invention for the preparation of medicaments that may be administered for such treatments, as well as to such compounds for the treatments disclosed and specified. [0015] In additional aspects, methods are provided for synthesizing the compounds described herein, with representative synthetic protocols and pathways described below. [0016] Accordingly, it is a principal object of the invention to provide a novel series of compounds, which can modify any aberrant activity of FAAH and thus may have the ability to treat certain of the conditions in which FAAH is believed to play a role.
[0017] A still further object of the invention is to provide pharmaceutical compositions that are effective in the treatment or prevention of a variety of disease states, including the diseases associated with pain, sleep disorders, anxiety and depression disorders, weight and eating disorders, addiction, spasticity, intraocular pressure or other disorders.
[0018] A still further object of the invention is to provide a method for the treatment of the disease states recited above, by the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of the compounds of the invention, and/or the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
[0019] A yet further object of the invention is to provide formulations for the treatment of the diseases as aforesaid, by the combination of at least one of the compounds of the invention, a pharmaceutical composition of the invention, combinations thereof with other compounds and compositions having a like therapeutic effect.
[0020] Other objects and advantages will become apparent to those skilled in the art from a consideration of the ensuing detailed description.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Definitions
[0021] The following terms are intended to have the meanings presented therewith below and are useful in understanding the description and intended scope of the present invention.
[0022] When describing the invention, which may include compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds and methods of using such compounds and compositions, the following terms, if present, have the following meanings unless otherwise indicated. It should also be understood that when described herein any of the moieties defined forth below may be substituted with a variety of substituents, and that the respective definitions are intended to include such substituted moieties within their scope as set out below. Unless otherwise stated, the term "substituted" is to be defined as set out below. It should be further understood that the terms "groups" and "radicals" can be considered interchangeable when used herein.
[0023] The articles "a" and "an" may be used herein to refer to one or to more than one (i.e. at least one) of the grammatical objects of the article. By way of example "an analogue" means one analogue or more than one analogue.
[0024] 'Acyl' or 'Alkanoyl' refers to a radical -C(O)R20, where R20 is hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl, C3-
Cio cycloalkyl, C3-Ci0 cycloalkylmethyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl as defined herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, formyl, acetyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, cyclohexylmethylcarbonyl, benzoyl and benzylcarbonyl. Exemplary
'acyl' groups are -C(O)H, -C(O)-C1-C8 alkyl, -C(O)-(CHj)1(C6-C10 aryl), -C(O)-(CH2)t(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -C(O)-(CH2)t(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), and -C(O)-(CH2),(4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4. [0025] 'Substituted AcyF or 'Substituted AlkanoyP refers to a radical -C(O)R21, wherein R21 is independently
• CpC8 alkyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy; or
• C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-Ci0 aryl, arylalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, each of which is substituted with unsubstituted CrC4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted Ci-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted Ci-C4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted Q-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted Q-C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
[0026] 'Acylamino' refers to a radical -NR22C(O)R23, where R22 is hydrogen, Q-C8 alkyl, C3-Q0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-C)0 aryl> arylalkyl, 5-10 memberd heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl and R23 is hydrogen, Ci-C8 alkyl, C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6- Cio aryl* arylalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, as defined herein. Exemplary 'acylamino' include, but are not limited to, formylamino, acetylamino, cyclohexylcarbonylamino, cyclohexylmethyl-carbonylamino, benzoylamino and benzylcarbonylamino. Particular exemplary 'acylamino' groups are -NR24C(O)-C1-C8 alkyl, -NR24C(O)-(CH2)t(C6-Q0 aryl), -NR24C(O)-(CH2)t(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -NR24C(O)-(CH2MC3-Q0 cycloalkyl), and -NR24C(O)-(CH2)t(4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4, and each R24 independently represents H or CpCg alkyl.
[0027] 'Substituted Acylamino' refers to a radical -NR25C(O)R26, wherein:
R25 is independently
• H, Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy; or
• C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-Ci0 aryl, arylalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, each of which is substituted with unsubstituted Q-C4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted Q-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted Q-C4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted CpC4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted CpC4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy; and
R26 is independently
• H, CpC8 alkyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy; or
• C3-CiO cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-Qo aryl, arylalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, each of which is substituted with unsubstituted CpC4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted CpC4 alkoxy, unsubstituted CpC4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted CpC4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted CpC4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy 1; provided at least one of R25 and R26 is other than H.
[0028] 'Acyloxy' refers to a radical -OC(O)R27, where R27 is hydrogen, CpC8 alkyl, C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, C3-Ci0 cycloalkylmethyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl as defined herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, formyl, acetyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, cyclohexylmethylcarbonyl, benzoyl and benzylcarbonyl. Exemplary 'acyP groups are -C(O)H, -C(O)-CpC8 alkyl, -C(O)-(CHj)1(C6-Q0 aryl), -C(O)-(CH2)t(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -C(0)-(CH2)t(C3-Cio cycloalkyl), and -C(O)-(CH2),(4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4. [0029J 'Substituted Acyloxy' refers to a radical -OC(O)R28, wherein R28 is independently
• C1-C8 alkyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy; or
• C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-Ci0 aryl. arylalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, each of which is substituted with unsubstituted Ci-C4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted CrC4 alkoxy, unsubstituted CrC4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted Ci-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted CpC4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
[0030] 'Alkoxy' refers to the group -OR29 where R29 is Ci-C8 alkyl. Particular alkoxy groups are methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, and 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy. Particular alkoxy groups are lower alkoxy, i.e. with between 1 and 6 carbon atoms. Further particular alkoxy groups have between 1 and 4 carbon atoms.
[0031] 'Substituted alkoxy' refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more of those groups recited in the definition of "substituted" herein, and particularly refers to an alkoxy group having 1 or more substituents, for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, and particularly from 1 to 3 substituents, in particular 1 substituent, selected from the group consisting of amino, substituted amino, C6-C)0 aryl, aryloxy, carboxyl, cyano, C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, halogen, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, hydroxyl, nitro, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thiol, alkyl-S(O)-, aryl-S(O)-, alkyl-S(O)2- and aryl- S(O)2-. Exemplary 'substituted alkoxy' groups are -O-(CH2),(C6-C,0 aryl), -O-(CH2)t(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -O-(CH2),(C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl), and -O-(CH2)t(4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4 and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted CpC4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted Ci-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted Ci-C4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted Ci-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy. Particular exemplary 'substituted alkoxy' groups are OCF3, OCH2CF3, OCH2Ph, OCH^cyclopropyl, OCH2CH2OH, and OCH2CH2NMe2.
[0032] 'AlkoxycarbonyP refers to a radical -C(O)-OR30 where R30 represents an C,-C8 alkyl, C3-
Ci0 cycloalkyl, C3-Ci0 cycloalkylalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkylalkyl, aralkyl, or 5-10 membered heteroarylalkyl as defined herein. Exemplary "alkoxycarbonyl" groups are C(O)O-Ci-C8 alkyl, -C(O)O- (CH2),(C6-Cio aryl), -C(O)O-(CH2)t(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -C(O)O-(CH2)t(C3-C,0 cycloalkyl), and - C(O)O-(CH2),(4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein t is an integer from 1 to 4. [0033] 'Substituted Alkoxycarbonyl' refers to a radical -C(O)-OR31 where R31 represents:
• Ci-C8 alkyl, C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, C3-Ci0 cycloalkylalkyl, or 4-10 membered heterocycloalkylalkyl, each of which is substituted with halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy; or
• C6-Ci0 aralkyl, or 5-10 membered heteroarylalkyl, each of which is substituted with unsubstituted CrC4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted CrC4 alkoxy, unsubstituted Q-C4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted CpC4 haloalkoxy or hydroxyl. [0034] 'Aryloxycarbonyl' refers to a radical -C(O)-OR32 where R32 represents an C6-Ci0 aryl, as defined herein. Exemplary "aryloxycarbonyl" groups is -C(O)O-(C6-C10 aryl). [0035] 'Substituted Aryloxycarbonyl' refers to a radical -C(O)-OR33 where R33 represents
• C6-Ci0 aryl, substituted with unsubstituted CrC4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted CrC4 alkoxy, unsubstituted Q-C4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted Ci-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted CrC4 haloalkoxy or hydroxyl.
[0036] 'HeteroaryloxycarbonyP refers to a radical -C(O)-OR34 where R34 represents a 5-10 membered heteroaryl, as defined herein. An exemplary "aryloxycarbonyl" group is -C(O)O-(5-10 membered heteroaryl). [0037] 'Substituted Heteroaryloxycarbonyl' refers to a radical -C(O)-OR35 where R35 represents:
• 5-10 membered heteroaryl, substituted with unsubstituted Ci-C4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted Cr C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted Q-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted Ci -C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxyl.
[0038] "Alkoxycarbonylamino" refers to the group -NR36C(O)OR37, where R36 is hydrogen, C,-
C8 alkyl, C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, C3-Ci0 cycloalkylmethyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, 5- 10 membered heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl as defined herein, and R37 is Ci-Cg alkyl, C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, C3-Ci0 cycloalkylmethyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl as defined herein.
[0039] 'Alkyl' means straight or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
Particular alkyl has 1 to 12 carbon atoms. More particular is lower alkyl which has 1 to 6 carbon atoms. A further particular group has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Exemplary straight chained groups include methyl, ethyl n-propyl, and n-butyl. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl or butyl is attached to a linear alkyl chain, exemplary branched chain groups include isopropyl, iso- butyl, t-butyl and isoamyl.
[0040] 'Substituted alkyl' refers to an alkyl group as defined above substituted with one or more of those groups recited in the definition of "substituted" herein, and particularly refers to an alkyl group having 1 or more substituents, for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, and particularly from 1 to 3 substituents, in particular 1 substituent, selected from the group consisting of acyl, acylamino, acyloxy (- O-acyl or -OC(O)R20), alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino (-NR -alkoxycarbonyl or -NH- C(O)-OR27), amino, substituted amino, aminocarbonyl (carbamoyl or amido or -C(O)-NR 2), aminocarbonylamino (-NR -C(O)-NR 2), aminocarbonyloxy (-0-C(O)-NR 2), aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, cyano, cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxy, heteroaryl, nitro, thiol, -S-alkyl, -S-aryl, -S(O)-alkyl ,-S(O)-aryl, -S(O)2-alkyl, and -S(O)2-aryl. In a particular embodiment 'substituted alkyl' refers to a C)-C8 alkyl group substituted with halo, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, azido, -NfT SO2R", -SO2NR R.'", -C(O)R", -C(O)OR", -OC(O)R", -NR C(O)R", - C(O)NR1R", -NR"R", or -(CR'"R"")mOR'"; wherein each R is independently selected from H, C,-C8 alkyl, -(CH2)t(C6-C,o aryl), -(CH2)t(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -(CH2)t(C3-C,0 cycloalkyl). and -(CH2)t(4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4 and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted Q-C4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted Q-C4 alkoxy, unsubstiruted CpC4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted Ci-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted Ci-C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy. Each of R and R independently represents H or Ci-C8 alkyl.
[0041] "Alkylene" refers to divalent saturated alkene radical groups having 1 to 11 carbon atoms and more particularly 1 to 6 carbon atoms which can be straight-chained or branched. This term is exemplified by groups such as methylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2CH2-), the propylene isomers (e.g., - CH2CH2CH2- and -CH(CH3)CH2-) and the like.
[0042] "Substituted alkylene" refers to those groups recited in the definition of "substituted" herein, and particularly refers to an alkylene group having 1 or more substituents, for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, and particularly from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, amino, substituted amino, aminocarbonyl, amino-carbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, nitro, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thioketo, thiol, alkyl-S(O)-, aryl-S(O)-, alkyl-S(O)2- and aryl-S(O)2-.
[0043] "Alkenyl" refers to monovalent olefϊnically unsaturated hydrocarbyl groups preferably having 2 to 11 carbon atoms, particularly, from 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and more particularly, from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, which can be straight-chained or branched and having at least 1 and particularly from 1 to 2 sites of olefinic unsaturation. Particular alkenyl groups include ethenyl (-CH=CH2), H-propenyl (- CH2CH=CH2), isopropenyl (-C(CH3)=CH2), vinyl and substituted vinyl, and the like. [0044] "Substituted alkenyl" refers to those groups recited in the definition of "substituted" herein, and particularly refers to an alkenyl group having 1 or more substituents, for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, and particularly from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, amino, substituted amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, cyano, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, nitro, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thioketo, thiol, alkyl-S(O)-, aryl-S(O)-, alkyl-S(O)2- and aryl-S(O)2-. [0045] "Alkenylene" refers to divalent olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbyl groups particularly having up to about 1 1 carbon atoms and more particularly 2 to 6 carbon atoms which can be straight- chained or branched and having at least 1 and particularly from 1 to 2 sites of olefinic unsaturation. This term is exemplified by groups such as ethenylene (-CH=CH-), the propenylene isomers (e.g., - CH=CHCH2- and
Figure imgf000010_0001
and -CH=C(CH3)-) and the like.
[0046] "Alkynyl" refers to acetylenically or alkynically unsaturated hydrocarbyl groups particularly having 2 to 11 carbon atoms, and more particularly 2 to 6 carbon atoms which can be straight- chained or branched and having at least 1 and particularly from 1 to 2 sites of alkynyl unsaturation. Particular non-limiting examples of alkynyl groups include acetylenic, ethynyl (-C≡CH), propargyl (- CH2C=CH), and the like.
[0047] "Substituted alkynyl" refers to those groups recited in the definition of "substituted" herein, and particularly refers to an alkynyl group having 1 or more substituents, for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, and particularly from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, amino, substituted amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, cyano, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, nitro, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thioketo, thiol, alkyl-S(O)-, aryl-S(O)-, alkyl-S(O)2- and aryl-S(O)2-. [0048] 'Amino' refers to the radical -NH2-
[0049] 'Substituted amino' refers to an amino group substituted with one or more of those groups recited in the definition of 'substituted' herein, and particularly refers to the group -N(R38)2 where each R38 is independently selected from:
• hydrogen, Ci-C8 alkyl, C6-Ci0 aryl> 5-10 membered heteroaryl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, or Cj-C]0 cycloalkyl; or
• Ci-C8 alkyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy; or
• -(CH2MC6-C10 aryl), -(CH2)t(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -(CH2)t(C3-C,0 cycloalkyl) or - (CH2),(4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl) wherein t is an integer between 0 and 8, each of which is substituted by unsubstituted Ci-C4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C1-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted CpC4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted CrC4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy; or
• both R38 groups are joined to form an alkylene group.
When both R38 groups are hydrogen, -N(R38)2 is an amino group. Exemplary ' substituted amino' groups are -NR39-C,-C8 alkyl, -NR39-(CH2)t(C6-C,o aryl), -NR39-(CH2)t(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -NR39-
(CH2)t(C3-C|O cycloalkyl), and -NR39-(CH2)t(4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4, each R39 independently represents H or CpC8 alkyl; and any alkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy; and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted
CpC4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted Q-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted Q-C4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted Q-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted Ci-C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy. For the avoidance of doubt the term
"substituted amino" includes the groups alkylamino, substituted alkylamino, alkylarylamino, substituted alkylarylamino, arylamino, substituted arylamino, dialkylamino and substituted dialkylamino as defined below.
[0050] 'Alkylamino' refers to the group -NHR40, wherein R40 is C1-C8 alkyl;
[0051] 'Substituted Alkylamino' refers to the group -NHR4', wherein R41 is C1-C8 alkyl; and the alkyl group is substituted with halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, hydroxy, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-Ci0 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, aralkyl or heteroaralkyl; and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted Ci-C4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted Ci-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted
CpC4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted Ci-C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
[0052] 'Alkylarylamino' refers to the group -NR42R43, wherein R42 is aryl and R43 is C ,-C8 alkyl- [0053] 'Substituted Alkylarylamino' refers to the group -NR44R45, wherein R44 is aryl and R45 is
Ci-Cg alkyl; and the alkyl group is substituted with halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, hydroxy, C3- Cio cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-Ci0 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, aralkyl or heteroaralkyl; and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted Ci-C4 alkyl, halo, cyano, unsubstituted Ci-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted CpC4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted CpC4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted CrC4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy. [0054] 'Arylamino' means a radical -NHR46 where R46 is selected from C6-Ci0 aryl and 5-10 membered heteroaryl as defined herein.
[0055] 'Substituted Arylamino' refers to the group -NHR47, wherein R47 is independently selected from C6-Ci0 aryl and 5-10 membered heteroaryl; and any aryl or heteroaryl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted Ci-C4 alkyl, halo, cyano, unsubstituted C]-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted Q-C4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted Q-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted CrC4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
[0056] 'Dialkylamino' refers to the group -NR48R49, wherein each of R48 and R49 are independently selected from Ci-C8 alkyl.
[0057] 'Substituted Dialkylamino' refers to the group -NR50R51, wherein each of R59 and R51 are independently selected from Ci-C8 alkyl; and at least one of the alkyl groups is independently substituted with halo, hydroxy, C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-Ci0 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, aralkyl or heteroaralkyl; and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted CpC4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted Ci-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted Cp4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted CpC4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted CpC4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
[0058] 'Diarylamino' refers to the group -NR52R53, wherein each of R52 and R53 are independently selected from C6-Ci0 aryl.
[0059] "Aminosulfonyl" or "Sulfonamide" refers to the radical -S(O2)NH2.
[0060] "Substituted aminosulfonyl" or "substituted sulfonamide" refers to a radical such as -
S(O2)N(R54)2 wherein each R548 is independently selected from:
• H, CpC8 alkyl, C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-Ci0 aryl, aralkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and heteroaralkyl; or
• CpC8 alkyl substituted with halo or hydroxy; or
• C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-Ci0 aryl, aralkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, or heteroaralkyl, each of which is substituted by unsubstituted CpC4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted CpC4 alkoxy, unsubstituted CpC4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted CpC4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted CpC4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy; provided that at least one R54 is other than H.
[0061] Exemplary 'substituted aminosulfonyl' or 'substituted sulfonamide' groups are -
S(O2)N(R55)-C,-Cg alkyl, -S(O2)N(R55)-(CH2)t(C6-C,0 aryl), -S(O2)N(R55)-(CH2)t(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -S(02)N(R55)-(CH2)t(C3-Clo cycloalkyl), and -S(O2)N(R55)-(CH2)t(4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4; each R55 independently represents H or CpC8 alkyl; and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted CrC4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted CrC4 alkoxy, unsubstituted CpC4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted
Ci-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted Ci-C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
[0062] 'Aralkyl' or 'arylalkyl' refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, substituted with one or more aryl groups, as defined above. Particular aralkyl or arylalkyl groups are alkyl groups substituted with one aryl group.
[0063] 'Substituted Aralkyl' or 'substituted arylalkyl' refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, substituted with one or more aryl groups; and at least one of the aryl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted Q-C4 alkyl, halo, cyano, unsubstituted CrC4 alkoxy, unsubstituted Ci-C4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted CrC4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted Ci-C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
[0064] 'Aryl' refers to a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent aromatic ring system. In particular aryl refers to an aromatic ring structure, mono-cyclic or poly-cyclic that includes from 5 to 12 ring members, more usually
6 to 10. Where the aryl group is a monocyclic ring system it preferentially contains 6 carbon atoms.
Typical aryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, coronene, fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene, hexalene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, octacene, octaphene, octalene, ovalene, penta-2,4-diene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene, pleiadene, pyrene, pyranthrene, rubicene, triphenylene and trinaphthalene. Particularly aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, and tetrahydronaphthyl.
[0065] 'Substituted Aryl' refers to an aryl group substituted with one or more of those groups recited in the definition of 'substituted' herein, and particularly refers to an aryl group that may optionally be substituted with 1 or more substituents, for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, particularly 1 to 3 substituents, in particular 1 substituent. Particularly, 'Substituted Aryl' refers to an aryl group substituted with one or more of groups selected from halo, Ci-C8 alkyl, Ci-C8 haloalkyl, cyano, hydroxy, CrC8 alkoxy, and amino.
[0066] Examples of representative substituted aryls include the following
Figure imgf000013_0001
[0067] In these formulae one of R56 and R57 may be hydrogen and at least one of R56 and R57 is each independently selected from C1-C8 alkyl, Ci-C8 haloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, alkanoyl, CpC8 alkoxy, heteroaryloxy, alkylamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, NR58COR59, NR58SOR59 NR58SO2R59, COOalkyl, COOaryl, CONR58R59, CONR58OR59, NR58R59, SO2NR58R59, S-alkyl, SOalkyl, SO2alkyl, Saryl, SOaryl, SO2aryl; or R56 and R57 may be joined to form a cyclic ring (saturated or unsaturated) from 5 to 8 atoms, optionally containing one or more heteroatoms selected from the group N, O or S. R60, and R61 are independently hydrogen, CpC8 alkyl, Ci-C4 haloalkyl, C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-Ci0 aryl, substituted aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl. [0068] "Fused Aryl" refers to an aryl having two of its ring carbon in common with a second aryl ring or with an aliphatic ring.
[0069] 'Arylalkyloxy' refers to an -O-alkylaryl radical where alkylaryl is as defined herein.
[0070] 'Substituted Arylalkyloxy' refers to an -O-alkylaryl radical where alkylaryl is as defined herein; and any aryl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted Ci -C4 alkyl, halo, cyano, unsubstituted Ci-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted Cr4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted Ci-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted Ci -C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy. [0071] 'Azido' refers to the radical -N3.
[0072] 'Carbamoyl or amido' refers to the radical -C(O)NH2.
[0073] 'Substituted Carbamoyl or substituted amido' refers to the radical -C(O)N(R62)2 wherein each R62 is independently
• H, C]-C8 alkyl, C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-Ci0 aryl, aralkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and heteroaralkyl; or
• Ci-C8 alkyl substituted with halo or hydroxy; or
• C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-C10 aryl, aralkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, or heteroaralkyl, each of which is substituted by unsubstituted CpC4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted CpC4 alkoxy, unsubstituted CpC4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted CpC4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted CpC4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy; provided that at least one R62 is other than H.
Exemplary 'Substituted Carbamoyl' groups are -C(O)
Figure imgf000014_0001
alkyl, -C(0)NR64-(CH2)t(C6-C1o aryl),
-C(O)NM-(CH2)t(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -C(O)NR64-(CH2)t(C3-C,0 cycloalkyl), and -C(O)NR64-
(CH2),(4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4, each R64 independently represents H or CpC8 alkyl and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted CpC4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted CpC4 alkoxy, unsubstituted
CpC4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted CpC4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted CpC4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
[0074] 'Carboxy' refers to the radical -C(O)OH.
[0075] 'Cycloalkyl' refers to cyclic non-aromatic hydrocarbyl groups having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms. Such cycloalkyl groups include, by way of example, single ring structures such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclooctyl.
[0076] 'Substituted cycloalkyl' refers to a cycloalkyl group as defined above substituted with one or more of those groups recited in the definition of 'substituted' herein, and particularly refers to a cycloalkyl group having 1 or more substituents, for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, and particularly from 1 to 3 substituents, in particular 1 substituent
[0077] 'Cyano' refers to the radical -CN.
[0078] 'Halo' or 'halogen' refers to fluoro (F), chloro (Cl), bromo (Br) and iodo (I). Particular halo groups are either fluoro or chloro. [0079] 'Hetero' when used to describe a compound or a group present on a compound means that one or more carbon atoms in the compound or group have been replaced by a nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur heteroatom. Hetero may be applied to any of the hydrocarbyl groups described above such as alkyl, e.g. heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, e.g. heterocycloalkyl, aryl, e.g. heteroaryl, cycloalkenyl, e.g. cycloheteroalkenyl, and the like having from 1 to 5, and particularly from 1 to 3 heteroatoms. [0080] 'Heteroaryl' means an aromatic ring structure, mono-cyclic or polycyclic, that includes one or more heteroatoms and 5 to 12 ring members, more usually 5 to 10 ring members. The heteroaryl group can be, for example, a five membered or six membered monocyclic ring or a bicyclic structure formed from fused five and six membered rings or two fused six membered rings or, by way of a further example, two fused five membered rings. Each ring may contain up to four heteroatoms typically selected from nitrogen, sulphur and oxygen. Typically the heteroaryl ring will contain up to 4 heteroatoms, more typically up to 3 heteroatoms, more usually up to 2, for example a single heteroatom. In one embodiment, the heteroaryl ring contains at least one ring nitrogen atom. The nitrogen atoms in the heteroaryl rings can be basic, as in the case of an imidazole or pyridine, or essentially non-basic as in the case of an indole or pyrrole nitrogen. In general the number of basic nitrogen atoms present in the heteroaryl group, including any amino group substituents of the ring, will be less than five. Examples of five membered monocyclic heteroaryl groups include but are not limited to pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, furazan, oxazole, oxadiazole, oxatriazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, pyrazole, triazole and tetrazole groups. Examples of six membered monocyclic heteroaryl groups include but are not limited to pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine, pyrimidine and triazine. Particular examples of bicyclic heteroaryl groups containing a five membered ring fused to another five membered ring include but are not limited to imidazothiazole and imidazoimidazole. Particular examples of bicyclic heteroaryl groups containing a six membered ring fused to a five membered ring include but are not limited to benzfuran, benzthiophene, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, isobenzoxazole, benzisoxazole, benzthiazole, benzisothiazole, isobenzofuran, indole, isoindole, isoindolone, indolizine, indoline, isoindoline, purine (e.g., adenine, guanine), indazole, pyrazolopyrimidine, triazolopyrimidine, benzodioxole and pyrazolopyridine groups. Particular examples of bicyclic heteroaryl groups containing two fused six membered rings include but are not limited to quinoline, isoquinoline, chroman, thiochroman, chromene, isochromene, chroman, isochroman, benzodioxan, quinolizine, benzoxazine, benzodiazine, pyridopyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine and pteridine groups. Particular heteroaryl groups are those derived from thiophene, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, indole, pyridine, quinoline, imidazole, oxazole and pyrazine. [0081] Examples of representative heteroaryls include the following:
Figure imgf000016_0001
Figure imgf000016_0002
wherein each Y is selected from carbonyl, N, NR65, O and S; and R65 is independently hydrogen, CpC8 alkyl, C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-Ci0 aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl.
[0082] Examples of representative aryl having hetero atoms containing substitution include the following:
Figure imgf000016_0003
wherein each W is selected from C(R66)2, NR66, O and S; and each Y is selected from carbonyl, NR66, O and S; and R66 is independently hydrogen, CpC8 alkyl, C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-Ci0 aryl> and 5-10 membered heteroaryl.
[0083] As used herein, the term 'heterocycloalkyl' refers to a 4-10 membered, stable heterocyclic non-aromatic ring and/or including rings containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, fused thereto. A fused heterocyclic ring system may include carbocyclic rings and need only include one heterocyclic ring. Examples of heterocyclic rings include, but are not limited to, morpholine, piperidine (e.g. 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl and 4-piperidinyl), pyrrolidine (e.g. 1- pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidinyl and 3-pyrrolidinyl), pyrrolidone, pyran (2H-pyran or 4H-pyran), dihydrothiophene, dihydropyran, dihydrofuran, dihydrothiazole, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, dioxane, tetrahydropyran (e.g. 4-tetrahydro pyranyl), imidazoline, imidazolidinone, oxazoline, thiazoline, 2-pyrazoline, pyrazolidine, piperazine, and N-alkyl piperazines such as N-methyl piperazine. Further examples include thiomorpholine and its S-oxide and S,S-dioxide (particularly thiomorpholine). Still further examples include azetidine, piperidone, piperazone, and N-alkyl piperidines such as N-methyl piperidine. Particular examples of heterocycloalkyl groups are shown in the following illustrative examples:
Figure imgf000017_0001
[0084] wherein each W is selected from CR67, C(R67)2, NR67, O and S; and each Y is selected from NR67, O and S; and R67 is independently hydrogen, Ci-C8 alkyl, C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, Cg-Ci0 aryl> 5-10 membered heteroaryl, These heterocycloalkyl rings may be optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, amino, substituted amino, aminocarbonyl (carbamoyl or amido), aminocarbonylamino, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, cyano, cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxy, keto, nitro, thiol, -S-alkyl, -S-aryl, -S(O)-alkyl,-S(O)-aryl, -S(O)2-alkyl, and -S(O)2-aryl. Substituting groups include carbonyl or thiocarbonyl which provide, for example, lactam and urea derivatives.
[0085] 'Hydroxy' refers to the radical -OH.
[0086] 'Nitro' refers to the radical -NO2.
[0087] 'Substituted' refers to a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are each independently replaced with the same or different substituent(s). Typical substituents may be selected from the group consisting of:
, 6S ,68 68r> 69 _■» halogen, -R68, -O", =0, -OR08, -SR08, -S", =S, -NR68R0", =NR08, -CCl3, -CF3, -CN, -OCN, -SCN, -NO, -
NO2, =N2, -N3, -S(O)2O-, -S(O)2OH, -S(O)2R68, -OS(O2)O", -OS(O)2R68, -P(O)(O )2, -P(O)(OR6S)(O ), -OP(O)(OR68XOR69), -C(O)R68, -C(S)R68, -C(O)OR68, -C(O)NR68R69, -C(O)O', -C(S)OR68, -
NR > 7'(υVC(O)NR > 6088rR> 609V, -NR , 7'OυrC(S)NR > 6o8βτR> 6o9y, -NR » 7"1,C(NR , 7'0υs)NR68R69 and -C(NR70)NR68R69; wherein each R68, R69, R70 and R71 are independently:
• hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl, C6-Ci0 aryl> arylalkyl, C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl; or
• Ci-C8 alkyl substituted with halo or hydroxy; or
• C6-Ci0 aryl. 5-10 membered heteroaryl, C6-Ci0 cycloalkyl or 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl each of which is substituted by unsubstituted Ci-C4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted Ci-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted CpC4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted CpC4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C)-C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
In a particular embodiment, substituted groups are substituted with one or more substituents, particularly with 1 to 3 substituents, in particular with one substituent group.
In a further particular embodiment the substituent group or groups are selected from halo, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, azido, -NR72SO2R73, -SO2NR73R72, -C(O)R73, -C(O)OR73, -OC(O)R73, - NR72C(O)R73, -C(O)NR73R72, -NR73R72, -(CR72R72)mOR72, wherein, each R73 is independently selected from H, C1-C8 alkyl, -(CH2MC6-C, 0 aryl), -(CH2),(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -(CH2)t(C3-C,o cycloalkyl), and -(CH2),(4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4; and
• any alkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by halo or hydroxy; and
• any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted CpC4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted CpC4 alkoxy, unsubstituted Cp C4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted CpC4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted Ci-C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy. Each R independently represents H or CpC6alkyl.
[0088] 'Substituted sulfanyl' refers to the group -SR74, wherein R74 is selected from:
• C]-C8 alkyl, C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-Ci0 aryl aralkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and heteroaralkyl; or
• CrC8 alkyl substituted with halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy; or
• C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-Ci0 aryl, aralkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, or heteroaralkyl, each of which is substituted by unsubstituted CpC4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted CpC4 alkoxy, unsubstituted CrC4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted Q-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted Ci -C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
[0089] Exemplary 'substituted sulfanyl' groups are -S-(CpC8 alkyl) and -S-(C3-C,0 cycloalkyl),
-S-(CH2),(C6-Cio aryl), -S-(CH2),(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -S-(CH2),(C3-CiO cycloalkyl), and -S-
(CH2),(4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4 and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted CpC4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted CpC4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted CpC4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted CpC4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy. The term 'substituted sulfanyl' includes the groups
'alkylsulfanyF or 'alkylthio', 'substituted alkylthio' or 'substituted alkylsulfanyF, 'cycloalkylsulfanyl' or
' cycloalkyl thio', 'substituted cycloalkylsulfanyl' or 'substituted cycloalkylthio', 'arylsulfanyl' or
'arylthio' and 'heteroarylsulfanyP or 'heteroarylthio' as defined below.
[0090] 'Alkylthio' or 'Alkylsulfanyl' refers to a radical -SR75 where R75 is a CpC8 alkyl or group as defined herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio and butylthio.
[0091] 'Substituted Alkylthio'or 'substituted alkylsulfanyl' refers to the group -SR76 where R76 is a CpC8 alkyl, substituted with halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy.
[0092] 'Cycloalkylthio' or 'Cycloalkylsulfanyl' refers to a radical -SR77 where R77 is a C3-C10 cycloalkyl or group as defined herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, cyclopropylthio, cyclohexylthio, and cyclopentylthio.
[0093] 'Substituted cycloalkylthio' or 'substituted cycloalkylsulfanyl' refers to the group -SR78 where R78 is a C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, substituted with halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy.
[0094] 'Arylthio' or 'Arylsulfanyl' refers to a radical -SR79 where R79 is a C6-C10 aryl group as defined herein.
[0095] 'Heteroarylthio' or 'Heteroarylsulfanyl' refers to a radical -SR80 where R80 is a 5-10 membered heteroaryl group as defined herein. [0096] 'Substituted sulfinyl' refers to the group -S(O)R81, wherein R81 is selected from:
• Ci-C8 alkyl, C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-Ci0 aryl, aralkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and heteroaralkyl; or
• Ci-Cs alkyl substituted with halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy; or
• C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-Ci0 aryl, aralkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, or heteroaralkyl, each of which is substituted by unsubstituted CpC4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C]-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C]-C4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted CpC4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted CpC4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
[0097] Exemplary 'substituted sulfinyl' groups are -S(O)-(CpC8 alkyl) and -S(O)-(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), -S(O)-(CH2MC6-C10 aryl), -S(O)-(CH2),(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -S(O)-(CH2)t(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), and -S(O)-(CH2),(4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4 and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted CpC4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C1-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted CpC4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted
CpC4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy. The term substituted sulfinyl includes the groups 'alkylsulfinyP, 'substituted alkylsulfinyP, 'cycloalkylsulfinyP, 'substituted cycloalkylsulfinyl',
'arylsulfinyl' and 'heteroarylsulfinyl' as defined herein.
[0098] 'Alkylsulfinyl' refers to a radical -S(O)R82 where R82 is a CpC8 alkyl group as defined herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, propylsulfinyl and butylsulfinyl.
[0099] 'Substituted Alkylsulfinyl' refers to a radical -S(O)R83 where R83 is a C1-C8 alkyl group as defined herein, substituted with halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy.
[00100] 'Cycloalkylsulfinyl' refers to a radical -S(O)R84 where R84 is a C3-C10 cycloalkyl or group as defined herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, cyclopropylsulfinyl, cyclohexylsulfϊnyl, and cyclopentylsulfinyl. Exemplary 'cycloalkylsulfinyl' groups are S(O)-C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl.
[00101] 'Substituted cycloalkylsulfinyl' refers to the group -S(O)R85 where R85 is a C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, substituted with halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy.
[00102] 'Arylsulfinyl' refers to a radical -S(O)R86 where R86 is a C6-C,o aryl group as defined herein.
[00103] 'Heteroarylsulfinyl' refers to a radical -S(O)R87 where R87 is a 5-10 membered heteroaryl group as defined herein.
[00104] ' Substituted sulfonyl' refers to the group -S(O)2R88, wherein R88 is selected from:
• C1-C8 alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-Ci0 aryl, aralkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and heteroaralkyl; or
• CpC8 alkyl substituted with halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy; or
• C3-C10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-Ci0 aryl, aralkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, or heteroaralkyl, each of which is substituted by unsubstituted CpC4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted Ci-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted Ci-C4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted Ci-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted CpC4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
[00105) Exemplary 'substituted sulfonyF groups are -S(O)2-(Ci-C8 alkyl) and -S(O)2-(C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl), -S(O)2-(CH2)t(C6-C10 aryl), -S(O)2-(CH2)t(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -S(O)2-(CH2)t(C3-C,0 cycloalkyl), and -S(O)2-(CH2)t(4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4 and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted Ci-C4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted Ci-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted CrC4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted CrC4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted Ci -C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy. The term substituted sulfonyl includes the groups alkylsulfonyl, substituted alkylsulfonyl, cycloalkylsulfonyl, substituted cycloalkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl and heteroarylsulfonyl.
[00106] 'Alkylsulfonyl' refers to a radical -S(O)2R89 where R89 is an Ci-C8 alkyl group as defined herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, propylsulfonyl and butylsulfonyl.
[00107] ' Substituted Alkylsulfonyl' refers to a radical -S(O)2R90 where R90 is an C,-C8 alkyl group as defined herein, substituted with halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy. [00108] 'Cycloalkylsulfonyl' refers to a radical -S(O)2R91 where R91 is a C3-C10 cycloalkyl or group as defined herein. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, cyclopropylsulfonyl, cyclohexylsulfonyl, and cyclopentylsulfonyl.
[00109] 'Substituted cycloalkylsulfonyl' refers to the group -S(O)2R92 where R92 is a C3-C,0 cycloalkyl, substituted with halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy. [00110] 'Arylsulfonyl' refers to a radical -S(O)2R93 where R93 is an C6-C,0 aryl group as defined herein.
[00111] 'Heteroarylsulfonyl' refers to a radical -S(O)2R94 where R94 is an 5-10 membered heteroaryl group as defined herein.
[00112] 'Sulfo' or 'sulfonic acid' refers to a radical such as -SO3H.
[00113] 'Substituted sulfo' or 'sulfonic acid ester' refers to the group -S(O)2OR95, wherein R95 is selected from:
• Ci-C8 alkyl, C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-Ci0 aryl, aralkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and heteroaralkyl; or
• Ci-C8 alkyl substituted with halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy; or
• C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-C)0 aryl, aralkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, or heteroaralkyl, each of which is substituted by unsubstituted CrC4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted CrC4 alkoxy, unsubstituted Ci-C4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted CrC4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted Ci-C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
[00114] Exemplary 'Substituted sulfo' or 'sulfonic acid ester' groups are -S(O)2-O-(Ci-C8 alkyl) and -S(O)2-O-(C3-Ci0 cycloalkyl), -S(O)2-O-(CHj)1(C6-C10 aryl), -S(O)2-O-(CH2)t(5-10 membered heteroaryl), -S(O)2-O-(CH2X(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), and -S(O)2-O-(CH2)t(4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4 and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted Cj-C4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C)-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted CrC4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted C]-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted Ci-C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
[00115] 'Thiol' refers to the group -SH.
[00116] 'Aminocarbonylamino' refers to the group -NR96C(O)NR96R96 where each R96 is independently hydrogen Ci-C8 alkyl, C3-C]0 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocycloalkyl, C6-Ci0 aryl, aralkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and heteroaralkyl, as defined herein; or where two R96 groups, when attached to the same N, are joined to form an alkylene group.
[00117] 'BicycloaryP refers to a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent bicycloaromatic ring system. Typical bicycloaryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from indane, indene, naphthalene, tetrahydronaphthalene, and the like. Particularly, an aryl group comprises from 8 to 11 carbon atoms. [00118] 'BicycloheteroaryF refers to a monovalent bicycloheteroaromatic group derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single atom of a parent bicycloheteroaromatic ring system. Typical bicycloheteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from benzofuran, benzimidazole, benzindazole, benzdioxane, chromene, chromane, cinnoline, phthalazine, indole, indoline, indolizine, isobenzofuran, isochromene, isoindole, isoindoline, isoquinoline, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, naphthyridine, benzoxadiazole, pteridine, purine, benzopyran, benzpyrazine, pyridopyrimidine, quinazoline, quinoline, quinolizine, quinoxaline, benzomorphan, tetrahydroisoquinoline, tetrahydroquinoline, and the like. Preferably, the bicycloheteroaryl group is between 9-11 membered bicycloheteroaryl, with 5-10 membered heteroaryl being particularly preferred. Particular bicycloheteroaryl groups are those derived from benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzothiazole, indole, quinoline, isoquinoline, benzimidazole, benzoxazole and benzdioxane.
[00119] 'Compounds of the present invention', and equivalent expressions, are meant to embrace the compounds as hereinbefore described, in particular compounds according to any of the formulae herein recited and/or described, which expression includes the prodrugs, the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates, e.g., hydrates, where the context so permits. Similarly, reference to intermediates, whether or not they themselves are claimed, is meant to embrace their salts, and solvates, where the context so permits.
[00120] 'CycloalkylalkyP refers to a radical in which a cycloalkyl group is substituted for a hydrogen atom of an alkyl group. Typical cycloalkylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cycloheptylmethyl, cyclooctylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cycloheptylethyl, and cyclooctylethyl, and the like.
[00121] 'Heterocycloalkylalkyl' refers to a radical in which a heterocycloalkyl group is substituted for a hydrogen atom of an alkyl group. Typical heterocycloalkylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinylmethyl, piperidinylmethyl, piperazinylmethyl, morpholinylmethyl, pyrrolidinylethyl, piperidinylethyl, piperazinylethyl, morpholinyl ethyl, and the like. [00122] 'Cycloalkenyl' refers to cyclic hydrocarbyl groups having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and having a single cyclic ring or multiple condensed rings, including fused and bridged ring systems and having at least one and particularly from 1 to 2 sites of olefinic unsaturation. Such cycloalkenyl groups include, by way of example, single ring structures such as cyclohexenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopropenyl, and the like.
[00123] 'Substituted cycloalkenyl' refers to those groups recited in the definition of "substituted" herein, and particularly refers to a cycloalkenyl group having 1 or more substituents, for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, and particularly from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, amino, substituted amino, aminocarbonyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, cyano, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, nitro, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thioketo, thiol, alkyl-S(O)-, aryl-S(O)-, alkyl-S(O)2- and aryl-S(O)2-. [00124] 'Fused Cycloalkenyl' refers to a cycloalkenyl having two of its ring carbon atoms in common with a second aliphatic or aromatic ring and having its olefinic unsaturation located to impart aromaticity to the cycloalkenyl ring.
[00125] Εthenyl" refers to substituted or unsubstituted -(C=C)-.
[00126] 'Ethylene' refers to substituted or unsubstituted -(C-C)-.
[00127] 'Ethynyl' refers to -(C≡C)-.
[00128] 'Hydrogen bond donor' group refers to a group containg O-H, or N-H functionality.
Examples of 'hydrogen bond donor' groups include —OH, -NH2, and -NH-R97 and wherein R97 is alkyl, acyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl.
[00129] 'Dihydroxyphosphoryl' refers to the radical -PO(OH)2.
[00130] 'Substituted dihydroxyphosphoryl' refers to those groups recited in the definition of
"substituted" herein, and particularly refers to a dihydroxyphosphoryl radical wherein one or both of the hydroxyl groups are substituted. Suitable substituents are described in detail below. [00131] 'Aminohydroxyphosphoryl' refers to the radical -PO(OH)NH2.
[00132] 'Substituted aminohydroxyphosphoryl' refers to those groups recited in the definition of
"substituted" herein, and particularly refers to an aminohydroxyphosphoryl wherein the amino group is substituted with one or two substituents. Suitable substituents are described in detail below. In certain embodiments, the hydroxyl group can also be substituted.
[00133] 'Nitrogen-Containing Heterocycloalkyl' group means a 4 to 7 membered non-aromatic cyclic group containing at least one nitrogen atom, for example, but without limitation, morpholine, piperidine (e.g. 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl and 4-piperidinyl), pyrrolidine (e.g. 2-pyrrolidinyl and 3- pyrrolidinyl), azetidine, pyrrolidone, imidazoline, imidazolidinone, 2-pyrazoline, pyrazolidine, piperazine, and N-alkyl piperazines such as N-methyl piperazine. Particular examples include azetidine, piperidone and piperazone.
[00134] 'Thioketo' refers to the group =S.
[00135] One having ordinary skill in the art of organic synthesis will recognize that the maximum number of heteroatoms in a stable, chemically feasible heterocyclic ring, whether it is aromatic or non aromatic, is determined by the size of the ring, the degree of unsaturation and the valence of the heteroatoms. In general, a heterocyclic ring may have one to four heteroatoms so long as the heteroaromatic ring is chemically feasible and stable.
[00136] 'Pharmaceutically acceptable' means approved or approvable by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or the corresponding agency in countries other than the United States, or that is listed in the U.S. Pharmacopoeia or other generally recognized pharmacopoeia for use in animals, and more particularly, in humans.
[00137] 'Pharmaceutically acceptable salt' refers to a salt of a compound of the invention that is pharmaceutically acceptable and that possesses the desired pharmacological activity of the parent compound. In particular, such salts are non-toxic may be inorganic or organic acid addition salts and base addition salts. Specifically, such salts include: (1) acid addition salts, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl) benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1 ,2-ethane-disulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 4-toluenesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, 4-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]-oct-2-ene-l-carboxylic acid, glucoheptonic acid, 3- phenylpropionic acid, trimethylacetic acid, tertiary butylacetic acid, lauryl sulfuric acid, gluconic acid, glutamic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, muconic acid, and the like; or (2) salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound either is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth ion, or an aluminum ion; or coordinates with an organic base such as ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, N-methylglucamine and the like. Salts further include, by way of example only, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium, and the like; and when the compound contains a basic functionality, salts of non toxic organic or inorganic acids, such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, tartrate, mesylate, acetate, maleate, oxalate and the like. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable cation" refers to an acceptable cationic counter-ion of an acidic functional group. Such cations are exemplified by sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium cations, and the like.
[00138] 'Pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle' refers to a diluent, adjuvant, excipient or carrier with which a compound of the invention is administered.
[00139] 'Prodrugs' refers to compounds, including derivatives of the compounds of the invention, which have cleavable groups and become by solvolysis or under physiological conditions the compounds of the invention which are pharmaceutically active in vivo. Such examples include, but are not limited to, choline ester derivatives and the like, N-alkylmorpholine esters and the like. [00140] 'Solvate' refers to forms of the compound that are associated with a solvent, usually by a solvolysis reaction. This physical association includes hydrogen bonding. Conventional solvents include water, ethanol, acetic acid and the like. The compounds of the invention may be prepared e.g. in crystalline form and may be solvated or hydrated. Suitable solvates include pharmaceutically acceptable solvates, such as hydrates, and further include both stoichiometric solvates and non-stoichiometric solvates. In certain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid. ' Solvate' encompasses both solution-phase and isolable solvates. Representative solvates include hydrates, ethanolates and methanolates.
[00141] 'Subject' includes humans. The terms 'human', 'patient' and 'subject' are used interchangeably herein.
[00142] 'Therapeutically effective amount' means the amount of a compound that, when administered to a subject for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease. The
"therapeutically effective amount" can vary depending on the compound, the disease and its severity, and the age, weight, etc., of the subject to be treated.
[00143] 'Preventing' or 'prevention' refers to a reduction in risk of acquiring or developing a disease or disorder (i.e., causing at least one of the clinical symptoms of the disease not to develop in a subject that may be exposed to a disease-causing agent, or predisposed to the disease in advance of disease onset.
[00144] The term 'prophylaxis' is related to 'prevention', and refers to a measure or procedure the purpose of which is to prevent, rather than to treat or cure a disease. Non-limiting examples of prophylactic measures may include the administration of vaccines; the administration of low molecular weight heparin to hospital patients at risk for thrombosis due, for example, to immobilization; and the administration of an anti-malarial agent such as chloroquine, in advance of a visit to a geographical region where malaria is endemic or the risk of contracting malaria is high.
[00145] 'Treating' or 'treatment' of any disease or disorder refers, in one embodiment, to ameliorating the disease or disorder (i.e., arresting the disease or reducing the manifestation, extent or severity of at least one of the clinical symptoms thereof). In another embodiment 'treating' or 'treatment' refers to ameliorating at least one physical parameter, which may not be discernible by the subject, hi yet another embodiment, 'treating' or 'treatment' refers to modulating the disease or disorder, either physically, (e.g., stabilization of a discernible symptom), physiologically, (e.g., stabilization of a physical parameter), or both. In a further embodiment, "treating" or "treatment" relates to slowing the progression of the disease.
[00146] 'Compounds of the present invention', and equivalent expressions, are meant to embrace compounds of the Formula(e) as hereinbefore described, which expression includes the prodrugs, the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates, e.g., hydrates, where the context so permits.
Similarly, reference to intermediates, whether or not they themselves are claimed, is meant to embrace their salts, and solvates, where the context so permits.
[00147] When ranges are referred to herein, for example but without limitation, C]-C8 alkyl, the citation of a range should be considered a representation of each member of said range.
[00148] Other derivatives of the compounds of this invention have activity in both their acid and acid derivative forms, but in the acid sensitive form often offers advantages of solubility, tissue compatibility, or delayed release in the mammalian organism (see, Bundgard, H., Design of Prodrugs, pp. 7-9, 21-24, Elsevier, Amsterdam 1985). Prodrugs include acid derivatives well know to practitioners of the art, such as, for example, esters prepared by reaction of the parent acid with a suitable alcohol, or amides prepared by reaction of the parent acid compound with a substituted or unsubstituted amine, or acid anhydrides, or mixed anhydrides. Simple aliphatic or aromatic esters, amides and anhydrides derived from acidic groups pendant on the compounds of this invention are particular prodrugs. In some cases it is desirable to prepare double ester type prodrugs such as (acyloxy)alkyl esters or ((alkoxycarbonyl)oxy)alkylesters. Particularly the Ci to C8 alkyl, C2-C8 alkenyl, aryl, C7-Ci2 substituted aryl, and C7-Ci2 arylalkyl esters of the compounds of the invention.
[00149] As used herein, the term 'isotopic variant' refers to a compound that contains unnatural proportions of isotopes at one or more of the atoms that constitute such compound. For example, an 'isotopic variant' of a compound can contain one or more non-radioactive isotopes, such as for example, deuterium (2H or D), carbon-13 (13C), nitrogen-15 (15N), or the like. It will be understood that, in a compound where such isotopic substitution is made, the following atoms, where present, may vary, so that for example, any hydrogen may be 2HZD, any carbon may be 13C, or any nitrogen may be 15N, and that the presence and placement of such atoms may be determined within the skill of the art. Likewise, the invention may include the preparation of isotopic variants with radioisotopes, in the instance for example, where the resulting compounds may be used for drug and/or substrate tissue distribution studies. The radioactive isotopes tritium, i.e. 3H, and carbon-14, i.e. 14C, are particularly useful for this purpose in view of their ease of incorporation and ready means of detection. Further, compounds may be prepared that are substituted with positron emitting isotopes, such as 11C, 18F, 15O and 13N, and would be useful in Positron Emission Topography (PET) studies for examining substrate receptor occupancy.
[00150] All isotopic variants of the compounds provided herein, radioactive or not, are intended to be encompassed within the scope of the invention.
[00151] It is also to be understood that compounds that have the same molecular formula but differ in the nature or sequence of bonding of their atoms or the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed 'isomers'. Isomers that differ in the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed 'stereoisomers'.
[00152] Stereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another are termed 'diastereomers' and those that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other are termed 'enantiomers'. When a compound has an asymmetric center, for example, it is bonded to four different groups, a pair of enantiomers is possible. An enantiomer can be characterized by the absolute configuration of its asymmetric center and is described by the R- and S-sequencing rules of Cahn and Prelog, or by the manner in which the molecule rotates the plane of polarized light and designated as dextrorotatory or levorotatory (i.e., as (+) or (-)-isomers respectively). A chiral compound can exist as either individual enantiomer or as a mixture thereof. A mixture containing equal proportions of the enantiomers is called a 'racemic mixture'.
[00153] 'Tautomers' refer to compounds that are interchangeable forms of a particular compound structure, and that vary in the displacement of hydrogen atoms and electrons. Thus, two structures may be in equilibrium through the movement of π electrons and an atom (usually H). For example, enols and ketones are tautomers because they are rapidly interconverted by treatment with either acid or base. Another example of tautomerism is the aci- and nitro- forms of phenylnitromethane, that are likewise formed by treatment with acid or base.
[00154] Tautomeric forms may be relevant to the attainment of the optimal chemical reactivity and biological activity of a compound of interest.
[00155] As used herein a pure enantiomeric compound is substantially free from other enantiomers or stereoisomers of the compound (i.e., in enantiomeric excess). In other words, an "S" form of the compound is substantially free from the "R" form of the compound and is, thus, in enantiomeric excess of the "R" form. The term "enantiomerically pure" or "pure enantiomer" denotes that the compound comprises more than 75% by weight, more than 80% by weight, more than 85% by weight, more than 90% by weight, more than 91 % by weight, more than 92% by weight, more than 93% by weight, more than 94% by weight, more than 95% by weight, more than 96% by weight, more than 97% by weight, more than 98% by weight, more than 98.5% by weight, more than 99% by weight, more than 99.2% by weight, more than 99.5% by weight, more than 99.6% by weight, more than 99.7% by weight, more than 99.8% by weight or more than 99.9% by weight, of the enantiomer. In certain embodiments, the weights are based upon total weight of all enantiomers or stereoisomers of the compound. [00156] As used herein and unless otherwise indicated, the term "enantiomerically pure R- compound" refers to at least about 80% by weight R-compound and at most about 20% by weight S- compound, at least about 90% by weight R-compound and at most about 10% by weight S-compound, at least about 95% by weight R-compound and at most about 5% by weight S-compound, at least about 99% by weight R-compound and at most about 1% by weight S-compound, at least about 99.9% by weight R- compound or at most about 0.1% by weight S-compound. In certain embodiments, the weights are based upon total weight of compound.
[00157] As used herein and unless otherwise indicated, the term "enantiomerically pure S- compound" or "S-compound" refers to at least about 80% by weight S-compound and at most about 20% by weight R-compound, at least about 90% by weight S-compound and at most about 10% by weight R- compound, at least about 95% by weight S-compound and at most about 5% by weight R-compound, at least about 99% by weight S-compound and at most about 1% by weight R-compound or at least about 99.9% by weight S-compound and at most about 0.1% by weight R-compound. hi certain embodiments, the weights are based upon total weight of compound.
[00158] In the compositions provided herein, an enantiomerically pure compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate or prodrug thereof can be present with other active or inactive ingredients. For example, a pharmaceutical composition comprising enantiomerically pure R- compound can comprise, for example, about 90% excipient and about 10% enantiomerically pure R- compound. In certain embodiments, the enantiomerically pure R-compound in such compositions can, for example, comprise, at least about 95% by weight R-compound and at most about 5% by weight S- compound, by total weight of the compound. For example, a pharmaceutical composition comprising enantiomerically pure S-compound can comprise, for example, about 90% excipient and about 10% enantiomerically pure S-compound. In certain embodiments, the enantiomerically pure S-compound in such compositions can, for example, comprise, at least about 95% by weight S-compound and at most about 5% by weight R-compound, by total weight of the compound. In certain embodiments, the active ingredient can be formulated with little or no excipient or carrier.
[00159] The compounds of this invention may possess one or more asymmetric centers; such compounds can therefore be produced as individual (R)- or (S)- stereoisomers or as mixtures thereof. [00160] Unless indicated otherwise, the description or naming of a particular compound in the specification and claims is intended to include both individual enantiomers and mixtures, racemic or otherwise, thereof. The methods for the determination of stereochemistry and the separation of stereoisomers are well-known in the art.
THE COMPOUNDS
[00161] In certain aspects, the present invention provides compounds useful for preventing and/or treating a broad range of conditions, among them, pain, sleep disorders, anxiety and depression disorders, weight and eating disorders, Parkinson's disease, addiction, spasticity, inflammatory disorders, glaucoma or other disorders.
[00162] hi one aspect, the present invention provides compounds according to formula I:
Figure imgf000027_0001
wherein each A, B, and Y are independently CR2aR2b;
W and Z are independently CR4;
X is -SO2-, -CO-, -SO2NR21S or -CONH-; nl is 0 or 1 ;
L1 is a single bond or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C5 alkylene; provided that when nl is 0, Ll is substituted or unsubstituted Ci -C5 alkylene;
R1 is selected from a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl; each of R2a, R2b, and R2c is independently selected from hydrogen, and substituted or unsubstituted CpC6 alkyl;
R3 is selected from substituted or unsubstituted CrC6alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-
Cgcycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and
R4 is independently selected from H, Ci-C6alkyl, substituted Ci-Cδalkyi, acyl, substituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted acylamino, substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl arylalkyloxy, substituted arylalkyloxy, amino, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, substituted sulfanyl, substituted sulfinyl, substituted sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminosulfonyl, sulfo, sulfonic acid ester, azido, carboxy, substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl, cyano, substituted or unsubstiruted C3-Cgcycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, halo, heteroaryloxy, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, hydroxy, nitro, and thiol; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof; and stereoisomers, isotopic variants and tautomers thereof; provided that the compound is other than 6-benzyl-N-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-5,6,7,8- tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-l -amine.
[00163] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, A is CR2aR2b.
[00164] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, A is CHR2b.
[00165] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, A is CH2.
[00166] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, each of B and Y is independently CR2aR2b. In another embodiment, each of B and Y is independently CHR2b. [00167] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, B is CH2.
[00168] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, Y is CH2.
[00169] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, each of B and Y is
CH2.
[00170] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl.
[00171] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
[00172] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
[00173] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl.
[00174] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted quinoline.
[00175] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted isoquinoline.
[00176] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, Rl is selected from substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxole, substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxane, substituted or unsubstituted benzofuran, substituted or unsubstituted benzothiophene, and substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxepine.
[00177] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted quinolin-3-yl.
[00178] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, R1 is unsubstituted quinolin-3-yl.
[00179] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, R1 is unsubstituted phenyl. In another embodiment, R1 is unsubstituted pyridyl. [00180] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, R1 is phenyl, pyridyl or quinolin-3-yl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, Cr C6alkyl, haloCi-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy and substituted sulfonyl.
[00181] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, R1 is phenyl, pyridyl or quinolin-3-yl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from Me, Et, Ph, Cl, F, Br, CN, OH, OMe, OEt, OPh, COPh, CF3, CHF2, OCF3, i-Pr, i-Bu, t-Bu, SMe, CH=CH-CO2H, SOMe, SO2Me, SO3H, SO3Me, and pyridyl.
[00182] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, n is O. In another embodiment, n is 1.
[00183] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, L1 is a single bond.
[00184] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, L1 is a Ci-C5 alkylene group.
[00185] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, L1 is -CH2-, -
C(Me)H-, -CH2CH2-, -C(Me)HCH2-, or -CH2C(Me)H-.
[00186] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, W is CR4 and R4 is H, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C6alkyl, or halo.
[00187] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, W is CR4 and R4 is H, Me, CF3, Cl or F.
[00188] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, Z is CR4 and R4 is
H, substituted or unsubstituted C,-C6alkyl, or halo.
[00189] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, Z is CR4 and R4 is
H, Me, CF3, Cl or F.
[00190] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, each of W and Z is independently CH.
[00191] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, the compound is according to formula Ha, lib, Hc, Hd, He, Hf, Hg, Hh, Hi, or Hj:
Figure imgf000029_0001
lid
Figure imgf000030_0001
iig Mh
Figure imgf000030_0002
and wherein R3 is as described for formula I; and R2c is H, Me, Et, n-Pr, i-Pr, or n-Bu. [00192] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, the compound is according to formula Ha, lib, Hc, or Hd.
[00193] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, the compound is according to formula He.
[00194] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, the compound is according to formula Hf, Hg, or Hh.
[00195] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, the compound is according to formula Hi, or Hj.
[00196] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formulae Hi-IIj, R2c is H. In another embodiment, R2c is Me, Et, n-Pr, i-Pr, or n-Bu.
[00197] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formulae Hi-IIj, R2c is H,
Me, Et, n-Pr, i-Pr, or n-Bu; and R3 is Me, Et, n-Pr, i-Pr, or n-Bu. In another embodiment, each of R2c and R3 is independently Me, or Et. In another embodiment, each of R2c and R3 is Et. [00198] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted C|-C6alkyl.
[00199] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is unsubstituted CrC6alkyl.
[00200] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is Me, Et, n-Pr, i-Pr, n-Bu, t-Bu, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, or CF3. [00201] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula MIj, R3 is Cr
Qalkyl, substituted with halo, hydroxy or alkoxy. In another embodiment, R3 is Ci-C6alkyl, substituted with Cl, F or OH.
[00202] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is CH2OH.
[00203] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is CH2Ph.
In another particular embodiment, R3 is CH2-(2-Cl-Ph). In yet another particular embodiment, R3 is CH2-
(2,4-diF-Ph).
[00204] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is C3-
C8cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, CrC6alkyl, alkoxy and haloalkyl.
[00205] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is unsubstituted cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl.
[00206] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is unsubstituted cyclobutyl.
[00207] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is unsubstituted cyclopentyl.
[00208] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is unsubstituted cyclohexyl.
[00209] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula Ha or He, R3 is unsubstituted cyclobutyl.
[00210] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula Ha or lie, R3 is unsubstituted cyclohexyl.
[00211] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, CrC6alkyl, alkoxy and haloalkyl.
[00212] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from Me, Et, Cl, F, CN, OH, OMe, OEt, CF3, CHF2, OCF3, i-Pr, i-Bu, and t-Bu.
[00213] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl.
[00214] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, or piperazinyl.
[00215] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, or piperazinyl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, C|-C6alkyl, alkoxy and haloCi-C6alkyl.
[00216] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, or piperazinyl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from Me, Et, Cl, F, CN, OH, OMe, OEt, CF3, CHF2, OCF3, i-Pr, i-Bu, and t-Bu. [00217] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, or piperazinyl, substituted with Me. [00218] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula He, R3 is pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, or piperazinyl, unsubstituted or substituted with Me. [00219] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula 1-1Ij, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl.
[00220] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, sulfo, substituted sulfanyl, substituted sulfinyl, substituted sulfonyl, amido, carboxy, Q-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C6alkyl, substituted C|-C6alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, and sulfonamide.
[00221] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is phenyl substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from Me, Et, Ph, Cl, F, Br, CN, OH, OMe, OEt, OPh, COPh, CF3, CHF2, OCF3, i-Pr, i-Bu, t-Bu, SMe, CH=CH-CO2H, SOMe, SO2Me, SO3H, SO3Me, and pyridyl. In one particular embodiment, R3 is monosubstituted phenyl. In another embodiment R3 is disubstituted phenyl.
[00222] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is Ph, 2 -Cl-
Ph, 2-F-Ph, 4-Cl-Ph, 4-F-Ph, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 4-OH-Ph, or 2-OH-Ph. [00223] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is Ph substituted with substituted or unsubstituted amino. In another particular embodiment, R3 is Ph substituted with NH2.
[00224] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula Ha, lib, He or Hf, R3 is Ph, 2-Cl-Ph, 2-F-Ph, 4-Cl-Ph, 4-F-Ph, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,4-difluorophenyl, 4-OH-Ph, or 2-OH-Ph. In another particular embodiment, R3 is 4-OH-Ph.
[00225] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is Ph substituted with Cl. In another particular embodiment, R3 is 2-Cl-Ph, 3-Cl-Ph, or 4-Cl-Ph. In yet another particular embodiment, R3 is 2-Cl.
[00226] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is Ph substituted with F. In another particular embodiment, R3 is 2-F-Ph, 3-F-Ph, or 4-F-Ph. In yet another particular embodiment, R3 is 2-F.
[00227] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is Ph substituted with OCF3. In another particular embodiment, R3 is 3-OCF3-Ph. In yet another particular embodiment, R3 is 2-OCF3-Ph.
[00228] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is Ph substituted with CF3. In another particular embodiment, R3 is 3-CF3-Ph. In yet another particular embodiment, R3 is 2-CF3-Ph or 4-CF3-Ph.
[00229] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is 2,4- difluorophenyl. [00230] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is Ph substituted with NO2. In another particular embodiment, R3 is 2-NO2-Ph, 3-NO2-Ph, or 4-NO2-Ph. In yet another particular embodiment, R3 is 2-NO2Ph. In yet another particular embodiment, R3 is 2,4-di-NO2Ph. [00231] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is pyridyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, sulfo, substituted sulfanyl, substituted sulfinyl, substituted sulfonyl, amido, carboxy, CpCe alkoxycarbonyl, CrC6alkyl, substituted CrC6alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, and sulfonamide.
[00232] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is pyridyl substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from Me, Et, Ph, Cl, F, Br, CN, OH, OMe, OEt, OPh, COPh, CF3, CHF2, OCF3, i-Pr, i-Bu, t-Bu, SMe, CH=CH-CO2H, SOMe, SO2Me, SO3H, SO3Me, and pyridyl.
[00233] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is unsubstituted pyrimidinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazinyl, benzdioxolanyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl.
[00234] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is unsubstituted indolyl, indazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or furanyl.
[00235] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is pyrimidinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazinyl, benzdioxolanyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, sulfo, substituted sulfonyl, substituted sulfanyl, amido, carboxy, CrC6 alkoxycarbonyl, CrC6alkyl, substituted C|-C6alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, and sulfonamide .
[00236] hi one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is pyrimidinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazinyl, benzdioxolanyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from Me, Et, Ph, Cl, F, CN, OH, OMe, OEt, OPh, COPh, CF3, CHF2, OCF3, i-Pr, i-Bu, t-Bu, SMe, CO2Me, CO2Et, CH=CH-CO2H, SOMe, SO2Me, SO3H, SO3Me, and pyridyl.
[00237] hi one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is unsubstituted thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or oxadiazolyl. [00238] hi one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or oxadiazolyl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from Me, Et, Cl, CF3, CO2Me, CO2Et, and NHAc. [00239] hi one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is Ph, thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or oxadiazolyl, substituted with 5- membered heteroaryl. hi one particular embodiment, the 5-membered heteroaryl is selected from pyrrolyl, thiopheny, oxazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl. In another particular embodiment, the 5- membered heteroaryl substituted with halo or Ci-C6 alkyl. In yet another particular embodiment, the 5- membered heteroaryl is selected from pyrrolyl, thiopheny, oxazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from Me, Et, Cl, and CF3. [00240] hi one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is thiophenyl, methylthiophenyl, furanyl, methylfuranyl, pyrazolyl, or methylpyrazolyl. [00241] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is thiadiazolyl substituted with Me, Et, Cl, or CF3. In another particular embodiment, R3 is thiadiazolyl substituted with Cl. In one particular embodiment, R3 is 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl. [00242] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is oxadiazolyl substituted with Me, Et, Cl, CO2Et, or CF3. hi another particular embodiment, R3 is oxadiazolyl substituted with CO2Et. hi one particular embodiment, R3 is 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl. [00243] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is furanyl, unsubstitured or substituted with Me, Et, Cl, or CF3. hi another particular embodiment, R3 is unsubstituted furanyl. In yet another particular embodiment, R3 is furanyl substituted with Cl. [00244] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is thiophenyl, unsubstitured or substituted with Me, Et, Cl, CO2Et, or CF3. hi another particular embodiment, R3 is unsubstituted thiophenyl. In yet another particular embodiment, R3 is thiophenyl substituted with Cl or CO2Et,.
[00245] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is oxazoyl or thiazolyl, unsubstitured or substituted with Me, Et, Cl, or CF3. hi another particular embodiment, R3 is unsubstituted thiazolyl. In yet another particular embodiment, R3 is thiazoyl substituted with Me or Cl. In yet another particular embodiment, R3 is thiazoyl or oxazolyl substituted with dimethyl. [00246] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I-IIj, R3 is pyrazolyl substituted with Me, Et, Cl, CO2Et, or CF3. In another particular embodiment, R3 is pyrazolyl substituted with CO2Et or Me.
[00247] hi one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula He, R3 is thiophenyl, methylthiophenyl, furanyl, methylfuranyl, pyrazolyl, or methylpyrazolyl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from Me, Et, Cl, CF3, CO2Me, CO2Et, and NHAc. [00248] In some embodiments, R3 is a phenyl, hi certain embodiments, R3 is a substituted phenyl.
[00249] hi some embodiments, R3 is a mono-substituted phenyl.
[00250] In other embodiments, R3 is a di-substituted phenyl.
[00251] hi certain embodiments, R3 is a substituted phenyl where the substituent on the phenyl is selected from halo, amido, Ci-C6alkyl, alkoxy, sulfonyl, sulfonamidyl, haloalkyl and trihaloalkyl. In preferred embodiments, the substitution on the R3 phenyl is selected from Cl, F, CF3, Me, t-Bu, OMe, SO2R2 , NR2 R2 , and SO2NR2 R2 . In another embodiment, the substitution on the R3 phenyl is selected from Cl, Me, t-Bu and SO2Me.
[00252] hi embodiments where R3 is a substituted phenyl, one or more substituents are on the phenyl at the 2 (orthό), 3 (meta) and/or 4 (para) position relative to the carbon attached to the nitrogen atom in the fused heterocyclic scaffold in formula I. In certain embodiments, R3 is a substituted phenyl, where a substituent is on the phenyl at the 2 (ortho), 3 (meta) and/or 4 (para) position. In more preferred embodiments, the substitution on the R phenyl is at the 2 or 4 position. In the most preferred embodiments, the substitution on the R3 phenyl is at the 4 position. [00253] In some embodiments, R3 are selected from
Figure imgf000035_0001
wherein subscript n' is selected from 1-5 and each of R5 is independently selected from H, Ci-C6alkyl, substituted C|-C6alkyl, acyl, substituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted acylamino, substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl arylalkyloxy, substituted arylalkyloxy, amino, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, substituted sulfanyl, substituted sulfinyl, substituted sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminosulfonyl, sulfo, sulfonic acid ester, azido, carboxy, substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C3cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, halo, heteroaryloxy, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, hydroxy, nitro, and thiol.
[00254] In some embodiments, subscript n' is 1, 2 or 3.
[00255] In some embodiments, subscript n' is 1 or 2.
[00256] In some embodiments, each R5 is independently selected from Me, Et, Pr, iso-Pr, Ph, Cl,
F, Br, CN, OH, OMe, OEt, OPh, COPh, CO2Me, CH2-N-morpholino, CH2-N-(4-Me-piperidino), CONH2,
CF3, CHF2, OCF3, OCHF2, t-Bu, SMe, CH=CH-CO2H, SOMe, SO2Me, SO2CF3, SO2NH2, SO3H, SO3Me, and pyridyl.
[00257] In some embodiments, each R5 is independently selected from Me, Et, Pr, iso-Pr, Ph, Cl,
F, CN, OH, OMe, OEt, OPh, CF3, CHF2, OCF3, OCHF2, t-Bu, SO2Me, SO2CF3, and SO3Me.
[00258] With regard to compounds of formula I, in certain embodiments, the compound is selected from the compounds listed in Table 1.
[00259] With regard to compounds of formula I, in certain embodiments, the compound is selected from:
(6-Benzyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-(3-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-amine;
(6-Benzyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(4-Chloro-benzyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
(6-Benzyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-quinolin-6-yl-amine;
[6-(4-Chloro-3-fluoro-benzyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(3-Chloro-benzyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(2,2-Difluoro-benzo[l ,3]dioxol-4-ylmethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- quinolin-3-yl-amine;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-amine; (ό-Cyclohexylmethyl-S.ό.Tjδ-tetrahydro-^.όlnaphthyridin-l-y^-quinolin-S-yl-amine; [6-(lH-Indol-4-ylmethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; [6-(2-Chloro-3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(3,4-Dichloro-benzyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; [6-(4-Chloro-3-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
(6-Benzo[l,3]dioxol-4-ylmethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine; (6-Benzyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-(6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-amine; (6-Benzyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-pyridin-3-yl-amine; [6-(3,4-Difluoro-benzyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; (6-Pyridin-2-ylmethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine; (6-Pyridin-4-ylmethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine; (6-Pyridin-3-ylmethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine; (6-Phenethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine; [6-(4-Fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-amine; (6-Cyclopentylmethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine; (6-Isobutyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine; Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-ylmethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-amine; (6-Benzenesulfonyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine; [6-(2,2-Dimethyl-propyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; (6-Piperidin-4-ylmethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine; {6-[2-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl}-quinolin-3-yl-amine; (6-Cyclohexanesulfonyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine; Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(2-p-tolyl-ethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]-amine; [6-(2-Cyclohexyl-ethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; [6-(l -Phenyl-ethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; 4-{2-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridin-2-yl]-ethyl}-phenol; {6-[2-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl}-quinolin-3-yl-amine; {6-[2-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl}-quinolin-3-yl-amine; {6-[2-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-ethanesulfonyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl}-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
[6-(2-Phenyl-ethanesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; {6-[2-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-ethanesulfonyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl}-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(2-o-tolyl-ethanesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-amine; 3-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridin-2-yl]-propan-l-ol; 2-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridin-2-yl]-ethanol; (R)-2-Methyl-3-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridin-2-yl]-propan-l-ol;
[6-(l-Methyl-2-phenyl-ethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(lH-Indol-5-ylmethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
{6-[2-(4-Amino-phenyl)-ethyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl}-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
Quinolin-3-yl-(6-quinolin-3-ylmethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-amine;
N-(4-{2-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridin-2-yl]-ethyl}-phenyl)- methanesulfonamide;
Phenyl-(6-quinolin-3-ylmethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-amine;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(2-[l ,2,4]triazol-l-ylmethyl-benzyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- amine;
[ό-CS-Methyl^-phenyl^H-Cl^^Jtriazol^-ylmethyO-S.ό^^-tetrahydro-P^lnaphthyridin-l-yl]- quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(l-Methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-ylmethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(5-Chloro-[l,2,4]thiadiazol-3-ylmethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
[6-(5-Phenyl-[l,2,4]oxadiazol-3-ylmethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
[6-(lH-Indol-3-ylmethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
{6-[2-(lH-Indol-5-yl)-ethyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl}-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
{6-[2-(lH-Indazol-5-yl)-ethyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl}-quinolin-3-yl-amine; l-(lH-Indazol-5-yl)-2-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridin-2-yl]-ethanol;
Oxazol-2-yl-[5 -(quinolin-3 -ylamino)-3 ,4-dihydro- 1 H-[2,6]naphthyridin-2-yl] -methanone; l-{2-Chloro-4-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-phenyl}-
3-methyl-urea;
[6-(2,3-Dimethyl-3H-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-
3-yl-amine;
[6-(Morpholine-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
4-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-benzonitrile;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(l ,3,5-trimethyl-lH-pyrazole-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-
1-yl] -amine;
N-{4-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-phenyl}- acetamide;
[6-(Pyrrolidine-l-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(Furan-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
2-[5 -(Quinolin-3 -ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-l H-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-benzoic acid methyl ester;
N-{2-Chloro-4-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-phenyl}- acetamide; [6-(3-Fluoro-4-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
[6-(l-Methyl-lH-pyrazole-3-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
3-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-thiophene-2- carboxylic acid methyl ester;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonic acid diethylamide;
[6-(l-Ethyl-lH-pyrazole-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
(6-Ethanesulfonyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
{6-[4-(Pyridin-2-yloxy)-benzenesulfonyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl}-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
4-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-benzoic acid; l,l-Dimethyl-3-{4-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]- phenyl}-urea;
5-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-furan-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester;
(6-Cyclobutanesulfonyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(l-Methyl-3-trifluoromethyl-lH-pyrazole-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l- yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(5-Oxazol-5-yl-thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
3-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-benzoic acid;
[6-(Propane-l -sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonic acid (2-chloro-6-fluoro- benzyl)-methyl-amide;
[6-(2-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(Propane-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonic acid dimethylamide;
[6-(4-Methoxy-2-nitro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine; l-Butyl-3-{4-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-phenyl}- urea; l-{4-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-phenyl}-ethanone;
[6-(Pentane-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
2-Chloro-4-fluoro-5-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]- benzoic acid;
[6-(2-Methyl-propane-l-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(3-trifluoromethoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l- yl] -amine;
[ό-CZ.S-Difluoro-benzenesulfony^-S.όJ.S-tetrahydro-fZ.όlnaphthyridin-l-y^-quinolin-S-yl- amine;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(3,3,3-trifluoro-propane-l-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- amine;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(2H-[l,2,4]triazole-3-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- amine;
[6-(Butane-l-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
(6-Cyclopentanesulfonyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(6-Phenoxy-pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(2-Nitro-phenylmethanesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(2,4-Difluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-( 1 -Methyl-piperidine-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
3-Chloro-4-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-benzonitrile;
[6-(4-Ethyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(Benzo[l,2,5]thiadiazole-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(2,3-Dihydro-benzofuran-5-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
{6-[5-(2-Methylsulfanyl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-thiophene-2-sulfonyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-
[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl} -quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(3,4-Dimethoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
3-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-benzonitrile;
(6-Phenylmethanesulfonyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(3-Difluoromethoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
[6-(5-Fluoro-2-methyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(2,6-Difluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
2-Fluoro-5-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-benzonitrile;
[6-(2-Chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; 2-{2-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-ethyl}-isoindole-
1,3-dione;
4-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-benzaldehyde;
[6-(Benzo[b]thiophene-3-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(5-Isoxazol-5-yl-thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
[6-(4-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[l,4]dioxine-6-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(2-Chloro-6-methyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
3-{5-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-thiophen-2-yl}-
[l ,2,4]oxadiazole-5-carboxylic acid ethyl ester;
[6-(3-Chloro-5-fluoro-2-methyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- quinolin-3-yl-amine;
N-{4-Methyl-5-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-thiazol-
2-yl}-acetamide;
[6-(6-Chloro-imidazo[2, 1 -b]thiazole-5-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]- quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(3-Methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(5-Chloro-l,3-dimethyl-lH-pyrazole-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- quinolin-3-yl-amine;
(6-Cyclopropanesulfonyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(3-trifluoromethyl-phenylmethanesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-
[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]-amine;
[6-(2,5-Dimethyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(5-Dimethylamino-naphthalene-l-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]- quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(4-Fluoro-2-methyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(4-Chloro-phenylmethanesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(l-Methyl-lH-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(5-Bromo-2-methoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3- yl-amine; {6-[3-(3,4-Dichloro-phenoxy)-benzenesulfonyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl}- quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(5-Bromo-thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
2-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-benzonitrile;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(2-trifluoromethoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l- yl] -amine;
[6-(3-Chloro-phenylmethanesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(4-Bromo-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
2-Methyl-5-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-furan-3- carboxylic acid methyl ester;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(toluene-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-amine;
{6-[3-(4-Methoxy-phenoxy)-benzenesulfonyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl}- quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(2,5-Dimethoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(2-Fluoro-4-methyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(5-Chloro-2,4-difluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]-quinolin-
3-yl-amine;
[6-(2-Methyl-5-nitro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(4-Chloro-2-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(4-Chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(5-Chloro-thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(3-Chloro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(Quinoline-8-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(3,4-Dichloro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(2-Chloro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(2-Methoxy-5-methyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
4-Methyl-5-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-thiophene-2- carboxylic acid methyl ester; [6-(Benzo[l,2,5]oxadiazole-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(3,5-Dimethyl-isoxazole-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(4-Isopropyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(5-Methyl-l-phenyl-lH-pyrazole-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]- quinolin-3-yl-amine;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(4-trifluoromethoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l- yl] -amine;
[6-(4-Chloro-2,5-difluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-
3-yl-amine;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(2,3,4-trifluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- amine;
[6-(Naphthalene-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(3,5-Bis-trifluoromethyl-phenylmethanesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(3,4-Difluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
Pyridin-4-yl-{3-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-phenyl}- methanone;
{6-[4-(Moφholine-4-sulfonyl)-benzenesulfonyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl}- quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(2-Chloro-4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(5-Bromo-6-chloro-pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
[6-(4-Chloro-2,5-dimethyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-
3-yl-amine;
[6-(3-Chloro-4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(4-Isopropoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(Biphenyl-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(3,5-Dimethyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(5-Methyl-2-trifluoromethyl-furan-3-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]- quinolin-3-yl-amine;
{6-[5-(5-Chloro-[l,2,4]thiadiazol-3-yl)-thiophene-2-sulfonyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-
[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl} -quinolin-3-yl-amine; [6-(4-Methoxy-2,3,6-trimethyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(3-Chloro-2-methyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(4-Difluoromethoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
[6-(3,5-Difluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(2-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- amine;
[6-(Naphthalene-l-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; [6-(2-Methanesulfonyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
[6-(Pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; [6-(4-Nitro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; [6-(2-Phenoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(4-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- amine;
[6-(3-Fluoro-4-methyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(Benzofuran-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; [6-(Benzo[l,2,5]thiadiazole-5-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(3-Nitro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; [6-(4-Phenoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; [6-(4-Butyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; {6-[4-(4-Methoxy-phenoxy)-benzenesulfonyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl}- quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(5-Chloro-2-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(2-Bromo-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; {6-[5-(2-Methyl-5-trifluoromethyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-thiophene-2-sulfonyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- [2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl} -quinolin-3-yl-amine;
Quinolin-3-yl-{6-[4-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenoxy)-benzenesulfonyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- [2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl} -amine;
[6-(3-Chloro-2-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine; 2,4-Dichloro-6-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-phenol; [6-(2-Naphthalen-l -yl-ethanesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(2,6-Dichloro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(4'-Methoxy-biphenyl-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(2,5-Dimethyl-thiophene-3-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-amine;
[6-(5-Methyl-benzo[l,2,5]thiadiazole-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(4,5-Dichloro-thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(5-Methyl-benzo[b]thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-
3-yl-amine;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethanesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- amine;
[6-(2-Nitro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
{ό-fS-Cl-Methyl-S-trifluoromethyl-lH-pyrazol^-yO-thiophene^-sulfonyll-S^J^-tetrahydro-
[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl} -quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(3-Bromo-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(4-Fluoro-phenylmethanesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(4-Iodo-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrazole-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
[6-(4-Butoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(4'-Methyl-biphenyl-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(2-p-tolyloxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- amine;
Quinolin-3-yl-{6-[5-(5-trifluoromethyl-isoxazol-3-yl)-thiophene-2-sulfonyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-
[2,6]naphthyridin- 1 -yl } -amine;
[6-((E)-2-Phenyl-ethenesulfonyl)-5,6,7)8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(2-Fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
Pyridin-2-yl-{3-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-phenyl}- methanone;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(3-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- amine; {6-[4-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-benzenesulfonyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl}- quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(4-Chloro-3-nitro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenylmethanesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- [2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]-amine;
2,5-Dimethyl-4-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-furan-3- carboxylic acid methyl ester;
[6-(2,5-Dichloro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(3-Chloro-4-methyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- ami
Quinolin-3-yl-{6-[3-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenoxy)-benzenesulfonyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro- [2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl} -amine;
[6-(Benzothiazole-6-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; [6-(2,4-Dimethyl-thiazole-5-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
{6-[4-(3,4-Dichloro-phenoxy)-benzenesulfonyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl}- quinolin-3-yl-amine;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(toluene-3-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-amine; [6-(l,2-Dimethyl-lH-imidazole-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin- 3-yl-amine;
[6-(Biphenyl-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(2,4,5-trichloro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- amine;
[6-(3,5-Dichloro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(2,4-Dichloro-5-methyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin- 3-yl-amine;
[6-(4-Methanesulfonyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
[6-(4'-Chloro-biphenyl-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(3,5-Dichloro-phenylmethanesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
[6-(4,5-Dibromo-thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
2-Fluoro-5-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-benzoic acid; 2-Methyl-5-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-benzoic acid; 4-Chloro-2-methoxy-5-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]- benzoic acid;
2-Chloro-5-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-benzoic acid;
2-Methoxy-5-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-benzoic acid;
[6-(4'-Methoxy-biphenyl-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(2,4-Dinitro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(Pyridine-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(3-Fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(Butane-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(2,3,4-trichloro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- amine;
[ό-CS^-Dibromo-benzenesulfonyO-S.ό^^-tetrahydro-P.όlnaphthyridin-l-ylJ-quinolin-S-yl- amine;
[6-(4-Methyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[l,4]oxazine-7-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-
[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(4-Propyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(5-Methyl-isoxazole-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(4-Pyrazol-l-yl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(Benzo[b]thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(l,3-Dimethyl-lH-pyrazole-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
[6-(2-Diethylamino-pyrimidine-5-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
[6-(5-Chloro-pyridine-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(2-Chloro-phenylmethanesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(2,4-Dimethyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(lH-Pyrazole-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(2,4-Difluoro-phenylmethanesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
[6-(3-Methoxy-5-methyl-pyridine-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl]- quinolin-3-yl-amine; 5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid 4-fluoro- benzylamide;
[6-(4-tert-Butyl-phenylmethanesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid 4-methyl- benzylamide;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-l H-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid (4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-amide;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid 4-methoxy- benzylamide;
[6-(2-Methyl-2H-pyrazole-3-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid (4-methoxy- phenyl)-amide;
[6-(Furan-3-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; 5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid (2-fluoro-phenyl)- amide;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid (4-tert-butyl- phenyl)-amide;
[6-(5-Methyl-thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(3,4-Dihydro-2H-benzo[b][l ,4]dioxepine-7-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l- yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(Piperidine-l-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; [6-(4-Methoxy-3-methyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid 2-fluoro- benzylamide;
[6-(6-Methyl-benzo[b]thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin- 3-yl-amine;
[6-(3,5-Dimethyl-piperidine-l-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid 3,4-dichloro- benzylamide;
[6-(2,6-Dimethyl-moφholine-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid benzo[l ,3]dioxol- 5-ylamide; [6-(4-Chloro-3-methyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(thiophene-3-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-amine;
[6-(l -Methyl-lH-indole-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid (4-isopropyl- phenyl)-amide;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid (3,5-bis- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-amide;
[6-(5-Ethyl-thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(4-Methyl-pyridine-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(2,5-Dimethyl-furan-3-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid (2-methoxy- phenyl)-amide;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid cyclohexylamide;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid 2-chloro- benzylamide;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid (2,3-dihydro- benzo[ 1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-amide;
[6-(2,4-Dimethyl-thiophene-3-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(3-Methyl-thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid (4-chloro-phenyl)- amide;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid (3,4-dichloro- phenyl)-amide;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid (3-chloro-phenyl)- amide;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid (3-fluoro-phenyl)- amide;
[6-(Azepane-l -sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(2-Methyl-piperidine-l-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(3a,7a-Dihydro-benzo[l ,3]dioxole-5-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- quinolin-3-yl-amine; [6-(4-Chloro-3-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- quinolin-3-yl-amine;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid 4-chloro- benzylamide;
[6-(5-[l,3]Dioxolan-2-yl-fiiran-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-l H-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid (3-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-amide;
5-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-3H-benzooxazol-2- one; and
[6-(2-Chloro-pyridine-3-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof; and stereoisomers, isotopic variants and tautomers thereof.
[00260] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, the compound is selected from:
[6-(4-Fluoro-benzyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
(ό-Cyclohexylmethyl-Sjό^^-tetrahydro-PjόJnaphthyridin-l -y^-quinolin^-yl-amine;
(6-Phenethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
(6-Cyclopentylmethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(2,2-Dimethyl-propyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
4-{2-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridin-2-yl]-ethyl} -phenol;
[6-(5-Chloro-[l,2,4]thiadiazol-3-ylmethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
[6-(Furan-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonic acid diethylamide;
5-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-furan-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester;
(6-Cyclobutanesulfonyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(5-Oxazol-5-yl-thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(3-trifluoromethoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l- yl]-amine;
[6-(2,4-Difluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
3-Chloro-4-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-benzonitrile;
(6-Phenylmethanesulfonyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
4-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-benzaldehyde;
[6-(5-Isoxazol-5-yl-thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3- yl-amine; 3-{5-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-thiophen-2-yl}-
[l,2,4]oxadiazole-5-carboxylic acid ethyl ester;
N-{4-Methyl-5-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-thiazol-
2-yl}-acetamide;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(2-trifluoromethoxy-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l- yl]-amine;
2-Methyl-5-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-furan-3- carboxylic acid methyl ester;
4-Methyl-5-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-thiophene-2- carboxylic acid methyl ester;
[6-(2-Chloro-4-fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphth>τidin-l -yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
{ό-fS-CS-Chloro-f l^^Jthiadiazol-S-yO-thiophene^-sulfonylJ-S^J.δ-tetrahydro-
[2,6]naphthyridin- 1 -yl} -quinolin-3-yl-amine;
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(2-trifluoromethyl-benzenesulfonyl)-5)6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- amine;
[6-(2-Bromo-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
{6-[5-(2-Methyl-5-trifluoromethyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-thiophene-2-sulfonyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-
[2,6]naphthyridin-l -yl} -quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(2-Nitro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(2-Fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(2,4-Dimethyl-thiazole-5-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(2,4-Dinitro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(Butane-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(4-Pyrazol-l-yl-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(5-Chloro-pyridine-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine;
[6-(2-Chloro-phenylmethanesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine;
[6-(2,4-Difluoro-phenylmethanesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3- yl-amine;
[6-(2-Methyl-2H-pyrazole-3-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine; and
[6-(3-Methyl-thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof; and stereoisomers, isotopic variants and tautomers thereof. [00261] In one particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, the compound is selected from compound #s 7, 10, 22, 25, 29, 35, 36, 55, 69, 75, 81, 82, 84, 97, 105, 107, 1 14, 121, 123,
127, 129, 144, 147, 162, 175, 183, 188, 203, 204, 217, 228, 239, 257, 260, 266, 270, 271, 274, 281, 309,
321, and 322.
[00262] In another particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, the compound is selected from compound #s 7, 22, 35, 36, 97, and 144.
[00263] In another particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, the compound is selected from compound #s 10, 25, and 82.
[00264] In another particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, the compound is selected from compound #s 55, 69, 81, 84, 123, 127, 129, 147, 162, 183, 239, 281, and 309.
[00265] In another particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, the compound is selected from compound #s 105, 107, 1 14, 175, 188, 203, 204, 228, 270, and 322.
[00266] In another particular embodiment, with respect to compounds of formula I, the compound is selected from compound #s 75, 260, 271, and 274
[00267] Additional embodiments within the scope of the present invention are set forth in non-limiting fashion elsewhere herein and in the examples. It should be understood that these examples are for illustrative purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting this invention in any manner.
[00268] hi certain aspects, the present invention provides prodrugs and derivatives of the compounds according to the formulae above. Prodrugs are derivatives of the compounds of the invention, which have metabolically cleavable groups and become by solvolysis or under physiological conditions the compounds of the invention, which are pharmaceutically active, in vivo. Such examples include, but are not limited to, choline ester derivatives and the like, N-alkylmorpholinyl esters and the like.
[00269] Certain compounds of this invention have activity in both their acid and acid derivative forms, but the acid sensitive form often offers advantages of solubility, tissue compatibility, or delayed release in the mammalian organism (see, Bundgard, H., Design of Prodrugs, pp. 7-9, 21-24, Elsevier,
Amsterdam 1985). Prodrugs include acid derivatives well know to practitioners of the art, such as, for example, esters prepared by reaction of the parent acid with a suitable alcohol, or amides prepared by reaction of the parent acid compound with a substituted or unsubstituted amine, or acid anhydrides, or mixed anhydrides. Simple aliphatic or aromatic esters, amides and anhydrides derived from acidic groups pendant on the compounds of this invention are preferred prodrugs. In some cases it is desirable to prepare double ester type prodrugs such as (acyloxy)alkyl esters or ((alkoxycarbonyl)oxy)alkylesters.
Preferred are the Ci to C8 or Ci-Cβalkyl, C2-C8 alkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, and arylalkyl esters of the compounds of the invention.
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
[00270] When employed as pharmaceuticals, the compounds of this invention are typically administered in the form of a pharmaceutical composition. Such compositions can be prepared in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art and comprise at least one active compound. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition may comprise a compound of the invention in combination with one or more compounds or compositions of like therapeutic utility and effect. [00271] Generally, the compounds of this invention are administered in a pharmaceutically effective amount. The amount of the compound actually administered will typically be determined by a physician, in the light of the relevant circumstances, including the condition to be treated, the chosen route of administration, the actual compound -administered, the age, weight, and response of the individual patient, the severity of the patient's symptoms, and the like.
[00272] The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention can be administered by a variety of routes including oral, rectal, transdermal, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, and intranasal. Depending on the intended route of delivery, the compounds of this invention are preferably formulated as either injectable or oral compositions or as salves, as lotions or as patches all for transdermal administration.
[00273] The compositions for oral administration can take the form of bulk liquid solutions or suspensions, or bulk powders. More commonly, however, the compositions are presented in unit dosage forms to facilitate accurate dosing. The term "unit dosage forms" refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient. Typical unit dosage forms include prefilled, premeasured ampules or syringes of the liquid compositions or pills, tablets, capsules or the like in the case of solid compositions, hi such compositions, the furansulfonic acid compound is usually a minor component (from about 0.1 to about 50% by weight or preferably from about 1 to about 40% by weight) with the remainder being various vehicles or carriers and processing aids helpful for forming the desired dosing form. [00274] Liquid forms suitable for oral administration may include a suitable aqueous or nonaqueous vehicle with buffers, suspending and dispensing agents, colorants, flavors and the like. Solid forms may include, for example, any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
[00275] Injectable compositions are typically based upon injectable sterile saline or phosphate- buffered saline or other injectable carriers known in the art. As before, the active compound in such compositions is typically a minor component, often being from about 0.05 to 10% by weight with the remainder being the injectable carrier and the like.
[00276] Transdermal compositions are typically formulated as a topical ointment or cream containing the active ingredient(s), generally in an amount ranging from about 0.01 to about 20% by weight, preferably from about 0.1 to about 20% by weight, preferably from about 0.1 to about 10% by weight, and more preferably from about 0.5 to about 15% by weight. When formulated as a ointment, the active ingredients will typically be combined with either a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base. Alternatively, the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with, for example an oil-in-water cream base. Such transdermal formulations are well-known in the art and generally include additional ingredients to enhance the dermal penetration of stability of the active ingredients or the formulation. All such known transdermal formulations and ingredients are included within the scope of this invention.
[00277] The compounds of this invention can also be administered by a transdermal device.
Accordingly, transdermal administration can be accomplished using a patch either of the reservoir or porous membrane type, or of a solid matrix variety.
[00278] The above-described components for orally administrable, injectable or topically administrable compositions are merely representative. Other materials as well as processing techniques and the like are set forth in Part 8 of Remington's The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st edition,
2005, Publisher: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, which is incorporated herein by reference.
[00279] The compounds of this invention can also be administered in sustained release forms or from sustained release drug delivery systems. A description of representative sustained release materials can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences.
[00280] The following formulation examples illustrate representative pharmaceutical compositions that may be prepared in accordance with this invention. The present invention, however, is not limited to the following pharmaceutical compositions.
Formulation 1 - Tablets
[00281] A compound of the invention is admixed as a dry powder with a dry gelatin binder in an approximate 1 :2 weight ratio. A minor amount of magnesium stearate is added as a lubricant. The mixture is formed into 240-270 mg tablets (80-90 mg of active compound per tablet) in a tablet press.
Formulation 2 - Capsules
[00282] A compound of the invention is admixed as a dry powder with a starch diluent in an approximate 1 :1 weight ratio. The mixture is filled into 250 mg capsules (125 mg of active compound per capsule).
Formulation 3 - Liquid
[00283] A compound of the invention (125 mg) may be admixed with sucrose (1.75 g) and xanthan gum (4 mg) and the resultant mixture may be blended, passed through a No. 10 mesh U.S. sieve, and then mixed with a previously made solution of microcrystalline cellulose and sodium carboxymethyl cellulose (11 :89, 50 mg) in water. Sodium benzoate (10 mg), flavor, and color are diluted with water and added with stirring. Sufficient water may then added to produce a total volume of 5 mL.
Formulation 4 - Tablets
[00284] A compound of the invention may be admixed as a dry powder with a dry gelatin binder in an approximate 1 :2 weight ratio. A minor amount of magnesium stearate is added as a lubricant. The mixture is formed into 450-900 mg tablets (150-300 mg of active compound) in a tablet press.
Formulation 5 - Injection
[00285] A compound of the invention is dissolved or suspended in a buffered sterile saline injectable aqueous medium to a concentration of approximately 5 mg/mL.
Formulation 6 - Topical [00286] Stearyl alcohol (250 g) and a white petrolatum (250 g) are melted at about 750C and then a mixture of a compound of the invention (50 g) methylparaben (0.25 g), propylparaben (0.15 g), sodium lauryl sulfate (10 g), and propylene glycol (120 g) dissolved in water (about 370 g) is added and the resulting mixture is stirred until it congeals.
METHODS OF TREATMENT
[00287] The present compounds are used as therapeutic agents for the treatment of conditions in mammals. Accordingly, the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of this invention find use as therapeutics for preventing and/or treating neurodegenerative, autoimmune and inflammatory conditions in mammals including humans. Thus, and as stated earlier, the present invention includes within its scope, and extends to, the recited methods of treatment, as well as to the compounds for such methods, and for the preparation of medicaments useful for such methods.
[00288] In a method of treatment aspect, this invention provides a method of treating a mammal susceptible to or afflicted with a condition associated with arthritis, asthma, dermatitis, myocardial infarction, inflammatory bowel disease and autoimmune disorders, which method comprises administering an effective amount of one or more of the pharmaceutical compositions just described. [00289] In additional method of treatment aspects, this invention provides methods of treating a mammal susceptible to or afflicted with neurodegenerative diseases and disorders such as, for example Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease and multiple sclerosis; sleep disorders, anxiety and depression disorders, weight and eating disorders, addiction, spasticity, and glaucoma; diseases and disorders which are mediated by or result in neuroinflammation such as, for example encephalitis; centrally-mediated neuropsychiatric diseases and disorders such as, for example depression mania, bipolar disease, anxiety, schizophrenia, eating disorders, sleep disorders and cognition disorders; epilepsy and seizure disorders; prostate, bladder and bowel dysfunction such as, for example urinary incontinence, urinary hesitancy, rectal hypersensitivity, fecal incontinence, benign prostatic hypertrophy and inflammatory bowel disease; respiratory and airway disease and disorders such as, for example, allergic rhinitis, asthma and reactive airway disease and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease; diseases and disorders which are mediated by or result in inflammation such as, for example rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis, myocardial infarction, various autoimmune diseases and disorders; itch / pruritus such as, for example psoriasis; obesity; lipid disorders; nausea; emesis; cancer, and bone disorders; and renal disorders method comprises administering an effective condition-treating or condition-preventing amount of one or more of the pharmaceutical compositions just described.
[00290] hi yet further method of treatment aspects, this invention provides a method of treating a mammal susceptible to or afflicted with a condition that gives rise to pain responses or that relates to imbalances in the maintenance of basal activity of sensory nerves. The present compounds have use as analgesics for the treatment of pain of various geneses or etiology, for example acute, inflammatory pain (such as pain associated with osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis); various neuropathic pain syndromes (such as post-herpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia, reflex sympathetic dystrophy, diabetic neuropathy, Guillian Barre syndrome, fibromyalgia, phantom limb pain, post-mastectomy pain, peripheral neuropathy, HIV neuropathy, and chemotherapy-induced and other iatrogenic neuropathies); visceral pain, (such as that associated with gastroesophageal reflex disease, irritable bowel syndrome, inflammatory bowel disease, pancreatitis, and various gynecological and urological disorders), dental pain and headache (such as migraine, cluster headache and tension headache).
[00291] As a further aspect of the invention there is provided the present compounds for use as a pharmaceutical especially in the treatment or prevention of the aforementioned conditions and diseases. We also provide the use of the present compounds in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of one of the aforementioned conditions and diseases.
[00292] Injection dose levels range from about 0.1 mg/kg/hour to at least 10 mg/kg/hour, all for from about 1 to about 120 hours and especially 24 to 96 hours. A preloading bolus of from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg or more may also be administered to achieve adequate steady state levels. The maximum total dose is not expected to exceed about 2 g/day for a 40 to 80 kg human patient. [00293] For the prevention and/or treatment of long-term conditions, such as neurodegenerative and autoimmune conditions, the regimen for treatment usually stretches over many months or years so oral dosing is preferred for patient convenience and tolerance. With oral dosing, one to five and especially two to four and typically three oral doses per day are representative regimens. Using these dosing patterns, each dose provides from about 0.01 to about 20 mg/kg of the compound of the invention, with preferred doses each providing from about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg and especially about 1 to about 5 mg/kg.
[00294] Transdermal doses are generally selected to provide similar or lower blood levels than are achieved using injection doses.
[00295] When used to prevent the onset of a neurodegenerative, autoimmune or inflammatory condition, the compounds of this invention will be administered to a patient at risk for developing the condition, typically on the advice and under the supervision of a physician, at the dosage levels described above. Patients at risk for developing a particular condition generally include those that have a family history of the condition, or those who have been identified by genetic testing or screening to be particularly susceptible to developing the condition.
[00296] The compounds of this invention can be administered as the sole active agent or they can be administered in combination with other agents, including other active amines and derivatives.
GENERAL SYNTHETIC PROCEDURES
[00297] The compounds of this invention can be prepared from readily available starting materials using the following general methods and procedures. See, e.g., Synthetic Scheme, below. It will be appreciated that where typical or preferred process conditions {i.e., reaction temperatures, times, mole ratios of reactants, solvents, pressures, etc.) are given, other process conditions can also be used unless otherwise stated. Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the particular reactants or solvent used, but such conditions can be determined by one skilled in the art by routine optimization procedures. [00298] Additionally, as will be apparent to those skilled in the art, conventional protecting groups may be necessary to prevent certain functional groups from undergoing undesired reactions. The choice of a suitable protecting group for a particular functional group as well as suitable conditions for protection and deprotection are well known in the art. For example, numerous protecting groups, and their introduction and removal, are described in T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, Protecting Groups in
Organic Synthesis, Second Edition, Wiley, New York, 1991, and references cited therein. [00299] The compounds of this invention, for example, may be prepared by the reaction of a chloro derivative with an appropriately substituted amine and the product isolated and purified by known standard procedures. Such procedures include (but are not limited to) recrystallization, column chromatography or HPLC. The following schemes are presented with details as to the preparation of representative fused heterocyclics that have been listed hereinabove. The compounds of the invention may be prepared from known or commercially available starting materials and reagents by one skilled in the art of organic synthesis.
[00300] The compounds of the present invention may be prepared by a variety of processes well known for the preparation of compounds of this type, for example reaction schemes, and general procedures as described below.
[00301] The syntheses of representative compounds of this invention are carried out in accordance with the methods set forth above and using the appropriate reagents, starting materials, and purification methods known to those skilled in the art. All starting materials in the following general syntheses may be commercially available or obtained by conventional methods known to those skilled in the art. [00302] In this specification, especially in "Representative Synthetic Methods", the following abbreviations can be used:
BEP 2-bromo- 1 -ethylpyridinium tetrafluoroborate
BOP benzotriazol-1 -yloxy-tris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate
CDI 2-chloro-l ,3-dimethylimidazolinium chloride
DCC dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
DCM dichloromethane
DME 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane, dimethoxyethane
DMF N,N-dimethylformamide
DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
EDC l-ethyl-3-(3'-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrogen chloride
EtOAc ethyl acetate
EtOH ethanol
HOBt 1-hydroxybenzotriazole
MeOH methanol
NMP N-methyl-2-pyrroliidone
THF tetrahydrofuran
TFA trifluoroacetic acid uM μM uL μL Representative Synthetic Methods
Representative Synthetic Scheme 1
EtL DCM 1 NaCN1 K2CQ, pyrrolidine HBr, EtOH
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000057_0002
Figure imgf000057_0004
Figure imgf000057_0003
Figure imgf000057_0006
Pd(dba)3 Xantphos toluene. t-BuOH, NaO'Bu Pd/C. H2
Figure imgf000057_0008
Figure imgf000057_0007
Figure imgf000057_0009
R is -(X)ni-L'-R3; nl is 0; and X, L1 and R3 are as described herein.
Synthesis of Intermediate 1: 2-Benzyl-5-chloro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridine
Step 1:
Λf-Ethoxy-3-methylpyridinium iodide:
[00303] A round bottom flask was charged with 3-picoline-N-oxide (50.00 g, 458 mmol) and anhydrous methylene chloride (90 mL). To this was added ethyl iodide (715.57 g, 4587 mmol) and stirred overnight at room temperature. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the white solid formed was filtered and washed with ethyl acetate(2 x 50 mL) and dried to afford the desired product (102 g ,86 %).
1H-NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 1.53 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 5.00 (q, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 8.22-8.27
(m, IH), 8.44 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 9.37 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, IH), 9.57 (s, IH).
Step 2:
3-Methylpyridine-4-carbonitrile:
[00304] A round bottom flask was charged with N-ethoxy-3-methylpyridinium iodide (74.00 g,
536 mmol), potassium carbonate (148.00 g, 1072 mmol) and water (350 mL). To this was slowly added a solution of sodium cyanide (49.9 g, 1018 mmol) in water (200 mL) over a period of 30 min. The resultant reaction mixture was heated to 50 0C for 2 hours. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 500 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to obtain 28.5 g of the product (mixture of 2- and 4- isomers) which was used in the next step without further purification. MS:
[M+H]+= 1 19.
Step 3:
3-(2-(dimethylamino)vinyl)pyridine-4-carbonitrile:
[00305] A round bottom flask was charged with 3-methylpyridine-4-carbonitrile (52 g, 440 mmol), anhydrous NN-dimethylformamide (100 niL), NN-dimethylformamide dimethylacetal (; 314 g,
2644 mmol) and pyrrolidine (31 g, 440 mmol) under an inert atmosphere and heated at 130 C for 16 hours. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the reaction was treated with ice-cold water (300 mL) and then extracted with ethylacetete (3 x 500 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed to get 72 g of the desired product (mixture of 2- and 4- isomers) which was used as such in the next step without further purification. MS: 174 [M+H]+ = 174.
Step 4:
2,6-Νaphthyridin-l-ol:
[00306] A round bottom flask was charged with 3-(2-(dimethylamino)vinyl)pyridine-4- carbonitrile (40.00 g, 231 mmol) and ethanol (100 mL) and 48% aq. HBr ( 277 g) was added and the resultant reaction mixture was refluxed for 16 hours. After completion of the reaction (TLC), the solvents were removed and the residue was filtered and washed with cold ethanol to afford the desired product
(40%).
1H-NMR (CD3OD, 300 MHz): δ 6.94 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, IH), 7.58 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, IH), 8.67 (d, J= 6.0 Hz,
IH), 8.74 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, IH), 9.45 (s, IH); MS: 147 [M+H]+ = 147.
Step 5:
6-benzyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-l-ol:
[00307] A round bottom flask was charged with 2,6-naphthyridin-l-ol (17 g, 116 mmol), ethanol- water (1 :2, 200 mL) and benzyl bromide (99.52 g, 582 mmol) and potassium carbonate (8.5 g, 61 mmol) were added . The resultant reaction mixture was then refluxed for 3hours. After completion of the reaction
(TLC), the reaction mixture was cooled to O C, sodium borohydride (17.6 g, 465 mmol) was added portion wise and allowed to stir at room temperature for 16 hours. After completion, the reaction was quenched with 6N HCl. The solid obtained was filtered and the filtrate was basified with 10% NaOH solution to obtain a solid. The solid thus obtained was triturated with ethyl acetate and petroleum ether to afford 9 g of the desired product. (32% yield).
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6), 300 MHz) δ: 2.39 (t, J= 5.1 Hz, 2H), 2.62 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 5.87 (d,
J= 6.6 Hz, IH), 7.1 1 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, IH), 7.24-7.35 (m, IH); MS: 241 [M+H]+=241.
Step 6:
2-Benzyl-5-chloro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridine:
[00308] A round bottom flask was charged with 6-benzyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-l -ol
(7 g, 29 mmol) and phosphorous oxychloride {Leonid Chemicals, India; 80 mL) and heated to reflux for
16 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, POCl3 was distilled and the residue was quenched with ice-cold water and then extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (methanol/dichloromethane, 5:95) to afford the desired product (80 % yield).
1H-NMR (DMSOd6), 300 MHz) δ: 3.00-3.15 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.49 (m, 2H), 4.30 (s, 2H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 7.31 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, IH), 7.46-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.67-7.68 (m, 2H), 8.25 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, IH), MS: 259 [M+H]+ , LCMS: 99.3% ; HPLC: 99.18%.
Synthesis of Intermediate 2: N-(Quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-l-amine: [00309] A round bottom flask was charged with 6-benzyl-N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-
2,6-naphthyridin-l -amine (100.00 mg, 0.27288 mmol), ethanol (5 mL, 0.08 mol) and Palladium, 10% weight on charcoal (6.7 mg, 0.000054 mol) and the reaction flask was evacuated and flushed with hydrogen three times and the reaction stirred at room temperature over night under an atmosphere of hydrogen. The reaction mixture was filtered over celite, washed with methanol and solvent removed under reduced pressure and the residue purified by prep HPLC to obtain the product as a white solid. MS (M+H)= 277.4
1H-NMR (DMSOd6): (400 MHz) δ 9.10 (d, J=2.50 Hz, IH), 8.71 (d, J=2.50 Hz, IH), 8.24 (s, IH), 7.96 (d, J=5.20 Hz, IH), 7.99 (d, j=8.81 Hz, IH), 7.82 (d, J=7.46 Hz, IH), 7.55-7.44 (m, 2H), 6.61 (d, J=5.15 Hz, IH), 3.79 (s, 2H), 3.04 (t, J=5.50 Hz, 2H), 2.62 (t, J=5.50 Hz, 4H).
SYNTHESIS OF REPRESENTATIVE COMPOUNDS
METHOD A (SYNTHESIS OF N-ALKYL-TETRAHYDRONAPHTHYRIDINES)
Compound 1 6-Benzyl-N-(3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-l-amine:
Figure imgf000059_0001
[00310] A reaction vial was charged with 2-benzyl-5-chloro-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridine
(25.00 mg, 0.09662 mmol), 3-(trifluoromethoxy)aniline (42.8 mg, 0.000242 mol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (2.2 mg, 0.0000024 mol), xantphos (3 mg, 0.000005 mol), sodium tert-butoxide (14 mg, 0.00014 mol), and toluene (0.500 mL, 0.00469 mol) and tert-butyl alcohol (0.1 mL, 0.001 mol) and the vial was flushed with argon. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 110 0C in a microwave for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was then filtered and solvent removed and the residue purified by prep HPLC to get the pure compound as a yellow solid. MS (M+H)= 400.4;
1H-NMR (CDCl3): (400 MHz) 88.03 (d, 7=4.66 Hz, IH), 7.61 (bs, lH),7.48-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.28 (m, 5H), 6.83 (d, J=7.98 Hz, IH), 6.51 (d, 7=5.1 1 Hz, IH), 6.25 (bs, IH), 3.85 (s, 2H), 3.70 (s, 2H), 3.00 (t, J=5.50 Hz, 2H), 2.76 (t, 7=5.50 Hz, 2H).
Compound 2 6-Benzyl-N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-l-amine:
Figure imgf000060_0001
[00311] A microwave vial was charged with 2-benzyl-5-chloro-l ,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,6- naphthyridine (300.00 mg, 0.0011594 mol), 3-quinolinamine (200.6 mg, 0.001391 mol), sodium tert- butoxide (167.1 mg, 0.001739 mol), Xantphos (30 mg, 0.00006 mol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (110 mg, 0.00012 mol) and toluene (1 iriL, 0.01 mol), tert-butyl alcohol (0.2 mL, 0.002 mol) and the reaction heated at 120 0C for 2 hours. The reaction went to completion. The reaction was filtered, washed with methanol and dichloromethane and the solvent removed under reduced pressure and the residue purified by flash chromatography to obtain the product as an orange solid. MS (M+H)= 367.4
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): (400 MHz) δ 9.09 (s, IH), 8.70 (s, IH), 8.28 (s, IH), 7.96 (d, J=5.45 Hz, IH), 7.90 (d, J=8.17 Hz, IH), 7.83 (d, 7=7.63 Hz, IH), 7.56-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.26 (m, 5H), 6.61 (d, 7=5.45 Hz, IH), 3.69 (s, 2H), 3.515 (s, 2H), 2.79 (bs, 4H).
Compound 10 (6-Cyclohexylmethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine
Figure imgf000060_0002
[00312] A reaction vial was charged with N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-
1 -amine (20.00 mg, 0.07238 mmol), cyclohexanecarboxaldehyde (8.12 mg, 0.0000724 mol), sodium triacetoxyborohydride (76.7 mg, 0.000362 mol) and 1 ,2-dichloroethane (3 mL, 0.04 mol) and the reaction stirred at room temperature over night. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with DCM. The solvent was removed and the residue purified by prep HPLC to get the product as a light yellow solid. MS (M+H)= 373.4
1H-NMR (DMSOd6): (400 MHz) δ 9.09 (d, J=2.12Hz, IH), 8.70 (d, J=I .87 Hz, IH), 8.26(s, IH), 7.98 (d, J=5.61 Hz, IH), 7.90(d, J=8.63 Hz, IH), 7.83 (d, 7=7.67 Hz, IH), 7.56-7.48(m, 2H), 6.65 (d, 7=5.63 Hz, IH), 3.47 (s, 2H), 2.74 (s, 3H), 2.27 (d, J=6.34 Hz, 2H), 1.75-1.65 (m, 6H),1.28-1.10 (m, 4H), 0.93-0.78 (m, 2H).
Compound 11 [6-(lH-Indol-4-ylmethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine
Figure imgf000061_0001
[00313] A reaction vial was charged with N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-
1-amine (20.00 mg, 0.07238 mmol), lH-indole-4-carbaldehyde (10.5 mg, 0.0000724 mol), sodium triacetoxyborohydride (76.7 mg, 0.000362 mol) and 1 ,2-dichloroethane (3 mL, 0.04 mol) and the reaction stirred at room temperature over night. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The solvent was removed and the residue purified by prep HPLC to get the product as light yellow solid. MS (M+H)= 406.4
Compound 22 (6-Phenethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yI)-quinoIin-3-yl-amine
Figure imgf000061_0002
[00314] A reaction vial was charged with N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-
1 -amine (30.00 mg, 0.0001086 mol), 1 -bromo-2-phenylethane (20.1 mg, 0.000108 mol), NN- diisopropylethylamine (0.0378 mL, 0.000217 mol) and acetonitrile (2 mL, 0.04 mol) and the reaction heated in a microwave at 120 0C for 1 h. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with DCM. The solvent was removed and the residue purified by prep HPLC to get the product as a white solid MS (M+H)= 381.2
1H- ΝMR (DMSOd6): (400 MHz) δ 9.09 (d, J=2.82 Hz, IH), 8.70 (d, J=I .82 Hz, IH), 8.25 (s, IH), 7.96 (d, J=5.45 Hz, IH), 7.89 (d, J=8.17 Hz, IH), 7.83 (d, J=I.99 Hz, IH), 7.55-7.25 (m, 9H), 6.61 (d, J=5.45 Hz, IH), 3.69 (s, 2H), 2.81 (m, 2H), 2.77-2.72 (m, 4H), 2.67-2.63 (m, 2H).
Compound 25 (6-Cyclopentylmethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine
Figure imgf000061_0003
[00315] A reaction vial was charged with N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-
1 -amine (30.00 mg, 0.0001086 mol), cyclopentanecarbaldehyde (11.72 mg, 0.0001194 mol), sodium triacetoxyborohydride (115 mg, 0.000543 mol), 1.2 and 1 ,2-dichloroethane (4 mL, 0.06 mol) and the reaction stirred at room temperature over night. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with DCM. The solvent was removed and the residue purified by prep HPLC to get the product as light yellow solid. MS (M+H)= 359.4
1H-NMR (DMSOd6): (400 MHz) δ 9.09 (d, J=2.12Hz, IH), 8.70 (d, J=1.87 Hz, IH), 8.26(s, IH), 7.98 (d, J=5.34 Hz, IH), 7.90(d, J=8.15 Hz, IH), 7.83 (d, 7=7.58 Hz, IH), 7.56-7.48(m, 2H), 7.40-7.34 (m, 4H), 6.65 (d, J=5.60 Hz, IH), 3.52 (s, 2H), 2.75 (m, 3H), 2.27 (d, J=6.34 Hz, 2H), 1.75-1.65 (m, 6H),1.28- 1.10 (m, 2H), 0.93-0.78 (m, 2H).
Compound 27 Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-ylmethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-amine
Figure imgf000062_0001
[00316] A reaction vial was charged with N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-
1-amine (30.00 mg, 0.0001086 mol), sodium triacetoxyborohydride (115 mg, 0.000543 mol), tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-4-carbaldehyde (15 mg, 0.00013 mol) and 1 ,2-dichloroethane (4 mL, 0.06 mol) and the reaction stirred at room temperature over night. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The solvent was removed and the residue purified by prep HPLC to get the product as light yellow solid. MS (M+H)= 374.8 ;
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): (400 MHz) 59.09 (d, J=2.12Hz, IH), 8.70 (d, J=I .87 Hz, IH), 8.26(s, IH), 7.98 (d, J=5.34 Hz, IH), 7.90(d, J=8.85 Hz, IH), 7.83 (d, J=7.58 Hz, IH), 7.56-7.48(m, 2H), 6.64 (d, 7=5.38 Hz, IH), 3.84 (d, J=I 1.44 Hz, 2H), 3.49 (s, 2H),3.34 (m, 2H) 2.75 (s, 4H), 2.33 (d, J=7.03, 2H), 1.64 (d, J=13.08 Hz, 2H), 1.19-1.14 (m, 3H)
Compound 30 (6-Piperidin-4-ylmethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine
Figure imgf000062_0002
a. tert-Butyl 4-((5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-2,6-naphthyridin-2(lH)-yl)methyl)piperidine-l- carboxylate
[00317] A reaction vial was charged with N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-
1-amine (50.00 mg, 0.0001809 mol), sodium triacetoxyborohydride (192 mg, 0.000905 mol), tert-butyl 4- formylpiperidine-1-carboxylate (42.45 mg, 0.0001990 mol) and 1 ,2-dichloroethane (8 mL, 0.1 mol) and the reaction stirred at room temperature over night. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with DCM. The solvent was removed and the residue was dissolved in DCM and excess sodium borohydride was filtered off and the filtrate was removed under vaccum and used in the next reaction without further purification. MS (M+H)= 474.6
b. (6-Piperidin-4-ylmethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine [00318] A round bottom flask was charged with tert-butyl 4-((5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4- dihydro-2,6-naphthyridin-2(lH)-yl)methyl)piperidine-l-carboxylate (65.00 mg, 0.0001372 mol), trifluoroacetic Acid (0.30 mL, 0.0039 mol), methylene chloride (5.00 mL, 0.0780 mol) and stirred at room temeprature for 1 hour. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by prep HPLC to get the product as light yellow solid. MS (M+H)= 374.5;
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): (400 MHz) 59.09 (d, J=2.12Hz, IH), 8.70 (d, J=1.87 Hz, IH), 8.26 (s, IH), 7.98 (d, J=5.34 Hz, IH), 7.90 (d, J=8.85 Hz, IH), 7.83 (d, J=7.58 Hz, IH), 7.56-7.48 (m, 2H), 6.64 (d, J=5.38 Hz, IH), 3.49 (s, 2H), 2.74 (s, 4H), 2.30 (d, J=7.03, 2H), 1.80-0.85 (m, 10H).
Compound 34 [ό^Z-Cyclohexyl-ethylJ-Sjό^jS-tetrahydro-^^lnaphthyridin-l-ylj-quinolin-S-yl-amine
Figure imgf000063_0001
[00319] A reaction vial was charged with N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-
1-amine (15.00 mg, 0.05428 mmol), 2-bromo ethylcyclohexane (10.4 mg, 0.0000543 mol), NN- diisopropylethylamine (0.0189 mL, 0.000108 mol) and acetonitrile (1 mL, 0.02 mol) and the reaction heated in a microwave at 120 0C for 1 h. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The solvent was removed and the residue purified by prep HPLC to get the product as peach colored solid. MS (M+H)= 386.9;
1H-NMR (DMSOd6I3): (400 MHz) 59.09 (d, J=2.12Hz, IH), 8.70 (d, J=I .87 Hz, IH), 8.26 (s, IH), 7.98 (d, J=5.34 Hz, IH), 7.90 (d, J=8.85 Hz, IH), 7.83 (d, J=7.58 Hz, IH), 7.56-7.48 (m, 2H), 6.64 (d, 7=5.38 Hz, IH), 3.49 (s, 2H), 2.74 (s, 4H), 1.80-0.85 (m, 15 H).
Compound 35 [6-(l-Phenyl-ethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine
Figure imgf000064_0001
[00320] A reaction vial was charged with N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-
1 -amine (20.00 mg, 0.07238 mmol), benzene, (1-bromoethyl)- (13.4 mg, 0.0000724 mol), NN- diisopropylethylamine (0.0252 mL, 0.000145 mol) and acetonitrile (1 mL, 0.02 mol) and the reaction heated in a microwave at 120 0C for Ih. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The solvent was removed and the residue purified by prep HPLC to get the product as light yellow colored solid. MS (M+H)= 381.0;
1H-NMR (DMSOd6): (400 MHz) δ 9.09 (d, J=2.82 Hz, IH), 8.70 (d, J=I .82 Hz, IH), 8.25 (s, IH), 7.97 (d, J=5.14 Hz, IH), 7.89 (d, J=8.48 Hz, IH), 7.83 (d, 7=7.87 Hz, IH), 7.55-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.34 (m, 4H), 7.29 -7.25 (m, IH), 6.61 (d, 7=5.60 Hz, IH), 3.69-3.64 (s, 2H), 3.48 (m, IH), 2.78-2.67 (m,4H), 1.40 (d, J=6.87 Hz, 3H).
Compound 36 4-{2-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridin-2-yl]-ethyl}-phenoI
Figure imgf000064_0002
[00321] A reaction vial was charged with N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-
1 -amine (75.00 mg, 0.0002714 mol), 4-(2-bromo-ethyl)-phenol (54.6 mg, 0.000271 mol), NN- diisopropylethylamine (0.0945 mL, 0.000543 mol) and acetonitrile (5 mL, 0.1 mol) and the reaction heated in a microwave at 120 0C for 1 h. The reaction was then quenched with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The solvent was removed and the residue purified by prep HPLC to get the product as a very light brown solid. MS (M+H)= 397.3;
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): (400 MHz) 59.09 (d, J=2.12Hz, IH), 8.70 (d, J=I .87 Hz, IH), 8.26 (s, IH), 7.98 (d, J=5.61 Hz, IH), 7.90 (d, J=8.07 Hz, IH), 7.83 (d, 7=7.58 Hz, IH), 7.66-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.05 (d, J=8.38 Hz, 2H), 6.68-6.65 (m, 3H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 2.81 (m, 2H), 2.77-2.72 (m, 4H), 2.67-2.63 (m, 2H).
Compound 54
[6-(l-Methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-ylmethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine
Figure imgf000065_0001
[00322] A microwave vial was charged with N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6- naphthyridin-1 -amine (30.00 mg, 0.0001086 mol), 3-(chloromethyl)-l -methyl- lH-pyrazole (17 mg, 0.00013 mol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.0567 mL, 0.000326 mol) and acetonitrile (2 mL, 0.03 mol) and the reaction was heatd in a microwave at 120 0C for 1 hours. Solvent was removed and the residue purified by prep HPLC to get the product as white solid. MS (M+H)= 371.4.
Compound 55
[6-(5-Chloro-[l,2,4]thiadiazol-3-ylmethyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine
Figure imgf000065_0002
[00323] A microwave vial was charged with N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6- naphthyridin-1 -amine (30.00 mg, 0.0001086 mol), 5-chloro-3-(chloromethyl)-l,2,4-thiadiazole (22 mg, 0.00013 mol), NN-diisopropylethylamine (0.0567 mL, 0.000326 mol) and acetonitrile (2 mL, 0.03 mol) and the reaction was heatd in a microwave at 1200C for 1 hours. Solvent was removed and the residue purified by prep HPLC to afford the product as a yellow solid. MS (M+H)= 409.4.
METHOD B (SYNTHESIS OF N-SULFONYL-TETRAHYDRONAPHTHYRIDINES)
Representative Synthetic Scheme 2
HBr, EtOH
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000066_0002
Figure imgf000066_0003
Pd(dba)3, Xantphos toluene, t-BuOH, NaOtBu Pd/C, H2
Figure imgf000066_0004
Figure imgf000066_0006
CH2CI2, DIPEA
Figure imgf000066_0005
R is -(X)nI-L -R ; nl is 0; and X, L and R are as described herein.
Representative Method
[00324] Into a 20 ml reaction vessel was combined N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6- naphthyridin-1 -amine (7 mg, 0.02 mmol) NN-diisopropylethylamine (13.2 uL, 0.0760 mmol) and N,N- Dimethylformamide (600 uL, 8 mmol). The corresponding sulfonyl chloride (RSO2Cl, Scheme 2) (0.02 mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture was allowed to stir at room until the reaction went to completion (TLC) (10 min. to 4 hr). The mixture was purified directly by reversed phase HPLC (acetonitrile: water gradient) at pHIO using Ν-Ethylethanamine as a buffer. The combined pure fractions were reduced in vacuo to afford the title compound.
Compound 23
[6-(4-Fluoro-benzenesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-quinolin-3-yl-amine
Figure imgf000066_0007
[00325] A reaction vial was charged with N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-
1-amine (20.00 mg, 0.07238 mmol), 4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl chloride (14.1 mg, 0.0000724 mol), pyridine (23.4 uL, 0.000290 mol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.4 mg, 0.000004 mol) and chloroform (1 mL, 0.02 mol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2h. The reaction was then quenched with unsymmetrical dimethylethylenediamine and the solvent was removed and the residue purified by prep HPLC to get the product as white solid. MS (M+H)= 434.7;
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): (400 MHz) δ 9.09 (d, J=2.82 Hz, IH), 8.63 (d, J=2.36 Hz, IH), 8.36 (s, IH), 8.01 (d, J=5.35 Hz, lH),7.96-7.89 (m, 3H), 7.83 (d, J=7.87 Hz, IH), 7.55-7.48 (m, 4H), 6.73 (d, 7=5.39 Hz, IH), 4.23 (s, 2H), 3.43 (t, J=5.81 Hz, 2H), 2.82 (t, j=5.81 Hz, 2H).
Compound 24 Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-amine
Figure imgf000067_0001
[00326] A reaction vial was charged with N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-
1 -amine (20.00 mg, 0.07238 mmol), 2-thiophenesulfonyl chloride (13.2 mg, 0.0000724 mol), pyridine (23.4 uL, 0.000290 mol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.4 mg, 0.000004 mol) and chloroform (1 mL, 0.02 mol) and the reaction stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was then quenched with unsymmetrical dimethyl ethylenediamine and the solvent was removed and the residue purified by prep HPLC to get the product as light yellow solid. MS (M+H)= 423.2;
1H-NMR (DMSOd6): (400 MHz) δ 9.09 (d, J=2.82 Hz, IH), 8.63 (d, J=2.36 Hz, IH), 8.40 (s, IH), 8.07 (d, J=5.35 Hz, IH), 8.03 (d, J=5.56 Hz, IH), 7.90 (d, J=8.00 Hz, IH), 7.83 (d, J=8.20 Hz, IH), 7.76 (d, J=4.7 Hz, IH), 7.57-7.49 (m, 2H), 7.29 (d, J=5.20 Hz, IH), 6.77 (d, J=5.33 Hz, IH), 4.23 (s, 2H), 3.43 (t, J=5.81 Hz, 2H), 2.82 (t, J=5.81 Hz, 2H).
Compound 28 (6-Benzenesulfonyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl)-quinoIin-3-yl-amine
Figure imgf000067_0002
[00327] A reaction vial was charged with N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-
1-amine (20.00 mg, 0.07238 mmol), benzenesulfonyl chloride (12.8 mg, 0.0000724 mol), pyridine (23.4 uL, 0.000290 mol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.4 mg, 0.000004 mol) and chloroform (1 mL, 0.02 mol) and the reaction stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was then quenched with unsymmetrical dimethyl ethylenediamine and the solvent was removed. The residue purified by prep
HPLC to afford the product as white solid.
1H NMR DMSOd6) : δ 9.06 (d, J=2.68 Hz, IH), 8.64 (d, J=2.44 Hz, IH), 8.36 (s, IH), 8.01 (d, J=5.86 Hz, IH), 7.91-7.82 (m, 4H), 7.73-7.64 (m, 3H), 7.56-7.50 (m, 2H), 6.75 (d, J=5.34 Hz, IH), 4.19 (s, 2H), 3.42 (t, J=5.81 Hz, 2H), 2.82 (t, J=5.81 Hz, 2H).
Compound 32 (ό-Cyclohexanesulfonyl-Sjό^S-tetrahydro-β^naphthyridin-l-yO-quinolin-S-yl-amine
Figure imgf000068_0001
[00328] A reaction vial was charged with N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-
1-amine (20.00 mg, 0.07238 mmol), cyclohexanesulfonyl chloride (13.2 mg, 0.0000724 mol), triethylamine (40.4 uL, 0.000290 mol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.4 mg, 0.000004 mol) and chloroform (1 mL, 0.02 mol) and the reaction heated at 1200C for 1 hour in a microwave. The reaction was then quenched with unsymmetrical dimethyl ethylenediamine and the solvent was removed and the residue purified by prep HPLC to get the product as a light yellow solid. MS (M+H)= 423.2;
1H-NMR (DMSO-de): (400 MHz) δ 9.09 (d, J=2.52 Hz, IH), 8.67(d, J=2.56 Hz, IH), 8.39 (s, IH), 8.04 (d, J=5.43 Hz, IH), 7.90 (d, J=8.82 Hz, IH), 7.83 (d, J=8.14 Hz, IH), 7.57-7.49 (m, 2H), 6.74 (d, J=5.33 Hz, IH), 4.45 (s, 2H), 3.66 (t, J=5.81 Hz, 2H), 2.82 (t, J=5.81 Hz, 2H), 2.04-1.20 (m, HH).
Compound 39
{6-[2-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-ethanesulfonyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl}-quinolin-3-yl- amine
Figure imgf000068_0002
[00329] A reaction vial was charged with N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-
1-amine (15.00 mg, 0.05428 mmol), 2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethanesulfonyl chloride (14.5 mg, 0.0000651 mol), triethylamine (30.3 uL, 0.000217 mol), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.3 mg, 0.000003 mol) and chloroform (1 mL, 0.01 mol) and the reaction heated at 1200C for 1 hour in a microwave. The reaction was then quenched with unsymmetrical dimethyl ethylenediamine and the solvent was removed and the residue purified by prep HPLC to get the product as a white solid. MS (M+H)= 462.8.
Compound 68 [6-(Pyrrolidine-l-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine
Figure imgf000069_0001
[00330] The compound was prepared following the Method B and by reacting N-(quinolin-3-yl)-
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-l -amine with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride. 1H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d) [d] 9.09 (d, IH, J= 2.59 Hz), 8.67 (d, IH, J= 2.55 Hz), 8.39 (s, IH), 8.04 (d, IH, J= 5.27 Hz), 7.90 (dd, IH, J= 7.99 Hz), 7.84 (dd, IH, J= 7.82 Hz), 7.57-7.49 (m, 2H), 6.78 (d, IH, J= 5.18 Hz), 4.34 (s, 2H), 3.58 (t, 2H, J= 5.89 Hz), 3.27-3.24 (m, 4H), 2.84 (t, 2H, J= 5.74 Hz), 1.87-1.83 (m, 4H).
Compound 69 [6-(Furan-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-ainine
Figure imgf000069_0002
[00331] The compound was prepared following the Method B and by reacting N-(quinolin-3-yl)-
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-l -amine with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride. 1H NMR (DMSO-c/6) : 59.07 (d, J=2.73 Hz, IH), 8.65 (d, J=2.24 Hz, IH), 8.38 (s, IH), 8.01 (d, J=5.39 Hz, IH), 7.98 (dd, J=8.18 & 1.06 Hz, IH), 7.90 (dd, J=8.18 & 1.06 Hz, IH), 7.84 (dd, J=8.18 & 1.32 Hz, IH), 7.55-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.28 (dd, J=3.58 & 0.75 Hz, IH), 6.76 (d, J=5.18 Hz, IH), 6.72-6.71 (m, IH), 4.33 (s, 2H), 3.58 (t, J=5.73 Hz, 2H), 2.85 (t, J=5.73 Hz, 2H).
Compound 70 2-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-benzoic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000069_0003
[00332] The compound was prepared following the Method B and by reacting N-(quinolin-3-yl)-
5,6, 7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-l -amine with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride. 1H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d) 9.10 (d, IH, J= 2.51 Hz), 8.68 (d, IH, J= 2.17 Hz), 8.49 (s, IH), 8.02 (d, IH, J= 5.30 Hz), 7.97 (dd, IH, J= 7.59 Hz), 7.93 (d, IH, J= 8.21 Hz), 7.87 (dd, IH, J= 8.00 Hz), 7.79-7.71 (m, 2H), 7.65 (dd, IH, J= 7.17 Hz), 7.61-7.52 (m, 2H), 6.78 (d, IH, J= 5.28 Hz), 4.40 (s, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.61 (t, 2H, J= 5.98 Hz), 2.79 (t, 2H, J= 5.63 Hz).
Compound 82
(ό-Cyclobutanesulfonyl-SjόjTjS-tetrahydro-IZjόlnaphthyridin-l-yO-quinolin-S-yl-amine
Figure imgf000070_0001
[00333] The compound was prepared following the Method B and by reacting N-(quinolin-3-yl)-
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-l -amine with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride. 1H NMR (DMSCW6) : 59.09 (d, J=2.35 Hz, IH), 8.67 (d, J=2.35 Hz, IH), 8.38 (s, IH), 8.01 (d, J=5.39 Hz, IH), 7.91 (d, J=8.74 Hz, IH), 7.84 (dd, J=8.18 & 1.32 Hz, IH), 7.57-7.49 (m, 2H), 6.74 (d, J=5.13 Hz, IH), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.13-4.09 (m, IH), 3.59 (t, J=5.64 Hz, 2H), 2.83 (t, J=5.64 Hz, 2H), 2.39-2.32 (9m, 2H), 2.24-2.19 (m, 2H), 1.98-1.88 (m, 2H).
Compound 84
[6-(5-Oxazol-5-yl-thiophene-2-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine
Figure imgf000070_0002
[00334] The compound was prepared following the Method B and by reacting N-(quinolin-3-yl)-
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-l -amine with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride. 1H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d) [d] 9.06 (d, IH, J= 2.53 Hz), 8.63 (d, IH, J= 2.40 Hz), 8.53 (s, IH), 8.40 (s, IH), 8.03 (d, IH, J= 5.25, 7.90 (d, IH, J= 8.09 Hz), 7.83-7.79 (m, 3H), 7.63 (d, IH, J= 4.06 Hz), 7.57- 7.49 (m, 2H), 6.78 (d, IH, J= 5.25 Hz), 4.30 (s, 2H), 3.51 (t, 2H, J= 6.01 Hz), 2.89 (t, 2H, J= 5.55 Hz).
Compound 87
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonic acid (2-chloro-6-fluoro- benzyl)-methyl-amide
Figure imgf000070_0003
[00335] The compound was prepared following the Method B and by reacting N-(quinolin-3-yl)-
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-l -amine with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride. 1H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d) [d] 9.15 (d, IH, J= 2.57 Hz), 8.74 (d, IH, J= 2.09 Hz), 8.60 (brs, IH), 8.03 (d, IH, J= 5.28 Hz), 7.95 (d, IH, J= 7.94 Hz), 7.91 (d, IH, J= 8.10 Hz), 7.64-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.25 (m, IH), 6.79 (d, IH, J= 5.32 Hz), 4.49 (s, 2H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 3.63 (t, 2H, J= 5.97 Hz), 2.82 (t, 2H, J= 5.97 Hz), 2.68 (s, 3H).
Compound 90 5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH- [2,6] naphthyridine-2-sulfonic acid dimethylamide
Figure imgf000071_0001
[00336] The compound was prepared following the Method B and by reacting N-(quinolin-3-yl)-
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-l -amine with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride. 1H NMR (DMSO-^6) : δ9.13(d, J=2.71 Hz, IH), 8.72 (d, J=2.17Hz, IH), 8.57 (s, IH), 8.04(d, J=5.39 Hz, IH), 7.94 (d, J=8.36 Hz, IH), 7.89 (dd, J=8.9&1.9 Hz, IH), 7.63-7.54 (m, 2H), 6.81 (d, J=5.72 Hz, IH), 4.38 (s, 2H), 3.61 (t, J=5.81 Hz, 2H), 2.84 (t, J=5.81 Hz, 2H), 2.80 (s, 6H).
Compound 114 (6-Phenylmethanesulfonyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yI)-quinolin-3-yI-amine
Figure imgf000071_0002
[00337] The compound was prepared following the Method B and by reacting N-(quinolin-3-yl)-
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-l -amine with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride. 1H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d) [d] 9.09 (d, IH, J= 2.59 Hz), 8.68 (d, IH, J= 2.59 Hz), 8.34(s, IH), 8.03(d, IH, J= 5.25), 7.91 (dd, IH, J= 7.84 Hz), 7.84(dd, IH, J=7.84), 7.59-7.49 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.35 (m, 5H) ,6.82 (d, IH, J= 5.25 Hz), 4.53 (s, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 3.51 (t, 2H, J= 5.88 Hz). 2.78 (t, 2H, J= 5.88 Hz).
Compound 133 (ό-Cyclopropanesulfonyl-SjόJ^-tetrahydro-Iljόlnaphthyridin-l-yO-quinolin-S-yl-amine
Figure imgf000071_0003
[00338] The compound was prepared following the Method B and by reacting N-(quinolin-3-yl)-
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-l -amine with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride.
1H NMR (DMSO-^6) : 59.10 (d, J=2.73 Hz, IH), 8.71 (d, J=2.01 Hz, IH), 8.50 (s, IH), 8.05 (d, J=5.20
Hz, IH), 7.92 (d, J=7.86 Hz, IH), 7.85 (dd, J=7.86 & 1.72 Hz, IH), 7.56-7.50 (m, 2H), 6.79 (d, J=5.15
Hz, IH), 4.43 (s, 2H), 3.63 (t, J=5.73 Hz, 2H), 2.89 (t, J=5.73 Hz, 2H), 2.68-2.64 (m, IH), 1.01-0.97 (m,
4H).
Compound 134
Quinolin-3-yl-[6-(3-trifluoromethyl-phenylmethanesulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6)naphthyridin-
1-yl] -amine
Figure imgf000072_0001
[00339] The compound was prepared following the Method B and by reacting N-(quinolin-3-yl)-
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-l -amine with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride. 1H NMR (DMSO-6?6) : 59.12 (d, J=2.51 Hz, IH), 8.71 (d, J=2.01 Hz, IH), 8.50 (s, IH), 8.04 (d, J=5.53 Hz, IH), 7.94 (d, J=8.54Hz, IH), 7.89 (dd, J=8.04 & 1.9 Hz, IH), 7.78-7.73 (m, 3H), 7.65-7.53 (m, 3H), 6.741 (d, J=5.29 Hz, IH), 4.71 (s, 2H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 3.56(t, J=6.21 Hz, 2H), 2.79 (t, J=6.21 Hz, 2H).
Compound 162
ΦMethyl-S-IS-Cquinolin-S-ylamino^^-dihydro-lH-Iljόlnaphthyridine-Z-sulfonyll-thiophene-Z- carboxylic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000072_0002
[00340] The compound was prepared following the Method B and by reacting N-(quinolin-3-yl)-
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-l-amine with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride. 1H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d) [d] 9.09 (d, IH, J= 2.59 Hz), 8.65 (d, IH, J= 2.59 Hz), 8.53 (s, IH), 8.44(s, IH), 8.03 (d, IH, J= 5.25), 7.90 (dd, IH, J= 8.16 Hz), 7.83(dd, IH, J=8.16), 7.80 (s, IH), 7.59-7.49 (m, 2H), 6.82 (d, IH, J= 5.25 Hz), 4.39 (s, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.62 (t, 2H, J= 5.88 Hz). 2.84 (t, 2H, J= 5.88 Hz), 2.474 (s, 3H).
Compound 164
[6-(3,5-Dimethyl-isoxazole-4-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine
Figure imgf000073_0001
[00341] The compound was prepared following the Method B and by reacting N-(quinolin-3-yl)-
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-l -amine with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride. 1H NMR (DMSO-^6) : 59.08 (d, J=2.52 Hz, IH), 8.65 (d, J=2.24 Hz, IH), 8.41 (s, IH), 8.04 (d, J=5.22 Hz, IH), 7.91 (d, J=8.94 Hz, IH), 7.85 (dd, J=7.67 & 1.70 Hz, IH), 7.58-7.49 (m, 2H), 6.81 (d, J=5.11 Hz, IH), 4.33 (s, 2H), 3.58 (t, J=5.73 Hz, 2H), 2.85 (t, J=5.73 Hz, 2H), 2.68 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H).
Compound 229
Pyridin-2-yl-{3-[5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-phenyI}- methanone
Figure imgf000073_0002
[00342] The compound was prepared following the Method B and by reacting N-(quinolin-3-yl)-
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-l -amine with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride. 1H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d) [d] 9.05 (d, IH, J= 2.68 Hz), 8.74 (dt, IH, J= 4.70 Hz), 8.62 (d, IH, J= 2.25 Hz), 8.41 (t, IH, J= 1.65 Hz), 8.37-8.35 (m, IH), 8.28 (dt, IH, J= 7.79 Hz), 8.15-8.10 (m, 3H), 7.99 (d, IH, J= 5.27 Hz), 7.91-7.89 (m, IH), 7.84-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.74-7.71 (m, IH), 7.57-7.49 (m, 2H), 6.75 (d, IH, J= 5.12 Hz), 4.27 (s, 2H), 3.9 (t, 2H, J= 5.91 Hz), 2.85-2.81 (m, 2H).
Compound 239 [6-(2,4-Dimethyl-thiazole-5-suIfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yI-amine
Figure imgf000073_0003
[00343] The compound was prepared following the Method B and by reacting N-(quinolin-3-yl)-
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-l -amine with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride. 1H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d) [d] 9.07 (d, IH, J= 2.65 Hz), 8.64 (d, IH, J= 2.49 Hz), 8.40 (s, IH), 8.03 (d, IH, J= 5.10 Hz), 7.90 (dd, IH, J= 7.98 Hz), 7.83 (dd, IH, J= 7.98 Hz), 7.57-7.49 (m, 2H), 6.80 (d, IH, J= 5.26 Hz), 4.32 (s, 2H), 3.54 (t, 2H, J= 6.02 Hz), 2.86 (t, 2H, J= 5.92 Hz), 2.66 (s, 3H), 2.59 (s, 3H).
Compound 265 [ό-CS-Methyl-isoxazole^-sulfonyO-SjόJjS-tetrahydro-lljόlnaphthyridin-l-yll-quinolin-S-yl-amine
Figure imgf000074_0001
[00344] Into a 20 ml reaction vessel was combined N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6- naphthyridin-1 -amine (7 mg, 0.02 mmol) NN-diisopropylethylamine (13.2 uL, 0.0760 mmol) and NN- dimethylformamide (600 uL, 8 mmol). 5-Methyl-isoxazole-4-sulfonyl chloride (6.90 mg, 0.0380 mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture was allowed to stir at room tmeperature for 30 minutes.The was purified directly by reversed phase HPLC (acetonitrile: water gradient) at pH 10 using Ν-Ethylethanamine (2.62 uL, 0.0253 mmol) as a buffer. The combined pure fractions were reduced invacuo to afford the title compound.
Compound 271 [6-(2-Chlorophenyl)methylsulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine
Figure imgf000074_0002
[00345] The compound was prepared following the Method B and by reacting Ν-(quinolin-3-yl)-
5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-l -amine with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride. IH-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d) [d] 9.06 (d, IH, J= 2.54 Hz), 8.63 (d, IH, J= 2.32 Hz), 8.53 (s, IH), 8.40 (s, IH), 8.03 (d, IH, J= 5.17 Hz), 7.90 (d, IH, J= 7.85 Hz), 7.83 (m, 3H), 7.63 (d, IH, J= 4.08 Hz), 7.57- 7.49 (m, 2H), 6.78 (d, IH, J= 5.30 Hz), 4.30 (s, 2H), 3.51 (t, 2H, J= 5.93 Hz), 2.89 (t, 2H, J= 5.93 Hz).
Compound 281
[6-(2-Methyl-2H-pyrazole-3-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl- amine
Figure imgf000074_0003
[00346] Into a 20 ml reaction vessel was combined N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6- naphthyridin-1 -amine (80 mg, 0.3 mmol) NN-diisopropylethylamine (202 uL, 1.16 mmol) and NN- dimethylformamide (7000 uL, 90 mmol). l-methyl-lH-pyrazole-5-sulfonyl chloride (78.4 mg, 0.434 mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture was allowed to stir at room tmeperature for 30 minutes.The was purified directly by reversed phase HPLC (acetonitrileiwater gradient) at pHIO using N- ethylethanamine (29.9 uL, 0.290 mmol) as a buffer. The combined pure fractions were reduced invacuo to afford the title compound as an off white solid.
1H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d) [d] 9.06 (d, IH, J= 2.54 Hz), 8.63 (d, IH, J= 2.32 Hz), 8.53 (s, IH), 8.40 (s, IH), 8.03 (d, IH, J= 5.17 Hz), 7.90 (d, IH, J= 7.85 Hz), 7.83 (m, 3H), 7.63 (d, IH, J= 4.08 Hz), 7.57- 7.49 (m, 2H), 6.78 (d, IH, J= 5.30 Hz), 4.30 (s, 2H), 3.51 (t, 2H, J= 5.93 Hz), 2.89 (t, 2H, J= 5.93 Hz).
Compound 287
[6-(3,4-Dihydro-2H-benzo[b][l,4]dioxepine-7-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]- quinolin-3-yl-amine
Figure imgf000075_0001
[00347] Into a 20 ml reaction vessel was combined N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6- naphthyridin-1 -amine (10 mg, 0.04 mmol) N,N-diisopropylethylamine (18.9 uL, 0.108 mmol) and NN- dimethylformamide (900 uL, 10 mmol). 3,4-Dihydro-2H-benzo[b][l ,4]dioxepine-7-sulfonyl chloride (13.5 mg, 0.0543 mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture was allowed to stir at room tmeperature for 30 minutes.The was purified directly by reversed phase HPLC (acetonitrileiwater gradient) at pHIO using Ν-Ethylethanamine (3.74 uL, 0.0362 mmol) as a buffer. The combined pure fractions were reduced invacuo to afford the title compound.
Compound 288 [6-(Piperidine-l-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yI-amine
Figure imgf000075_0002
[00348] Into a 20 ml reaction vessel was combined N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6- naphthyridin-1 -amine (7.0 mg, 0.025 mmol) NN-diisopropylethylamine (13.2 uL, 0.0760 mmol) and NN- Dimethylformamide (600 uL, 8 mmol). Piperidine-1-sulfonyl chloride (6.98 mg, 0.0380 mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture was allowed to stir at room tmeperature for 30 minutes. The was purified directly by reversed phase HPLC (acetonitrileiwater gradient) at pHIO using Ν-ethylethanamine (2.62 uL, 0.0253 mmol) as a buffer. The combined pure fractions were reduced invacuo to afford the title compound.
Compound 314 [6-(Azepane-l-sulfonyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,6]naphthyridin-l-yl]-quinolin-3-yl-amine
Figure imgf000076_0001
[00349] Into a 20 ml reaction v wa-s combined N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6- naphthyridin-1 -amine (7.00 mg, 0.0253 mmol) NN-diisopropylethylamine (13.2 uL, 0.0760 mmol) and NN-Dimethylformamide (600 uL, 8 mmol). Azepane-1-sulfonyl chloride (7.51 mg, 0.0380 mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture was allowed to stir at room tmeperature for 30 minutes.The was purified directly by reversed phase HPLC (acetonitrile: water gradient) at pHIO using Ν-Ethylethanamine (2.62 uL, 0.0253 mmol) as a buffer. The combined pure fractions were reduced invacuo to afford the title compound as an off white solid.
Compound 321 5-[5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-sulfonyl]-3H-benzooxazol-2-one
Figure imgf000076_0002
[00350] 5-(5-(quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-2,6-naphthyridin-2(lH)- ylsulfonyl)benzo[d]oxazol-2(3H)-one (2C) . Into a 20 ml reaction vessel was combined Ν-(quinolin-3- yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin-l -amine (7 mg, 0.02 mmol) N,N-diisopropylethylamine (13.2 uL, 0.0760 mmol) and NN-Dimethylformamide (600 uL, 8 mmol). 2-Oxo-2,3-dihydro-benzooxazole-5- sulfonyl chloride (8.88 mg, 0.0380 mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture was allowed to stir at room tmeperature for 30 minutes.The was purified directly by reversed phase HPLC (acetonitrile:water gradient) at pHIO using Ν-Ethylethanamine (2.62 uL, 0.0253 mmol) as a buffer. The combined pure fractions were reduced invacuo to afford the title compound as an off white solid.
METHOD C [SYNTHESIS OF N-(AMINOCARBONYL)-TETRAHYDRONAPHTHYRH)INES] Representative Synthetic Scheme 3 pyrrolidine HBr, EtOH
Figure imgf000077_0001
Figure imgf000077_0002
Figure imgf000077_0003
Pd/C, H2
Figure imgf000077_0004
Figure imgf000077_0005
OaC«κ
DMAP Microwave
Figure imgf000077_0006
R is -(X)nI -L -R ; nl is O; and X, L and R are as described herein.
Compound 276 S-CQuinolin-S-ylamino^S^-dihydro-lH-IZjόJnaphthyridine-Z-carboxylic acid 4-fluoro-benzylaniide
Figure imgf000077_0007
[00351] Into a 5 ml microwave vessel was combined N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6- naphthyridin-1 -amine (7.00 mg, 0.0253 mmol) l-fluoro-4-isocyanatomethyl-benzene (3.83 mg, 0.0253 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.309 mg, 0.00253 mmol). The mixture was subjected to microwave heating at 130 degrees for 15 minutes. The was purified directly by reversed phase HPLC (acetonitrile: water gradient) at pH10. The combined pure fractions were reduced in vacuo to afford the title compound.
Compound 279
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,61naphthyridine-2-carboxylic acid (4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-amide
Figure imgf000078_0001
[00352] Into a 5 ml microwave vessel was combined N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6- naphthyridin-1 -amine (7.00 mg, 0.0253 mmol) 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl isocyanate (4.74 mg, 0.0253 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.309 mg, 0.00253 mmol). The mixture was subjected to microwave heating at 130 degrees for 15 minutes. The was purified directly by reversed phase HPLC (acetonitrile:water gradient) at pH10. The combined pure fractions were reduced in vacuo to afford the title compound.
Compound 305
5-(Quinolin-3-ylamino)-3,4-dihydro-lH-[2,6]naphthyridine-2-carboxyIic acid cyclohexylamide
Figure imgf000078_0002
[00353] Into a 5 ml microwave vessel was combined N-(quinolin-3-yl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2,6- naphthyridin-1 -amine (10 mg, 0.04 mmol) Cyclohexylisocyanate (4.53 mg, 0.0362 mmol) acetonitrile (0.8 mL, 20 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.442 mg, 0.00362 mmol). The mixture was subjected to microwave heating at 1300C for 15 minutes and was purified directly by reversed phase HPLC (acetonitrile: water gradient) at pH10. The combined pure fractions were reduced in vacuo to afford the title compound as an off white solid.
ASSAYS hFAAH Microsome Collection Procedure
[00354] Human cell line T84 (human colon epithelial cells), which expresses endogenous hFAAH, or HEK293-TRex cells (Invitrogen) stably transfected with hFAAH in the pCDNA5-Tet-off vector are cultured in medium containing DMEM, 10% FBS penicillin/streptomycin, glutamax, 200μg/ml hygromycin and 0.5μg/ml blasticidin. Cell collection is done 24h after induction with doxycycline by first washing the cells with cold PBS and then incubating them with Versene before centrifugation. Cell pellets are then stored at -800C until needed. For homogenization, the cell pellets are thawed on ice at room temperature and resuspended in homogenization buffer (50 mM HEPES (pH 7.4), 1 mM EDTA, 1 μM Pepstatin A, 100 μM Leupeptin, 0.1 mg/mL aprotinin). Cell suspensions are then homogenized on ice using the Polytron 1200C at setting 6 for three 30-second intervals with 30-second rests. The suspension is centrifuged at lOOOg for 10 minutes at 4°C and the supernatant is collected and further centrifuged at 24000rpm for 30 minutes at 4°C using an ultracentrifuge. Pellets are resuspended by adding in cold microsomal buffer (50 mM HEPES (pH 7.4) and 1 mM EDTA) and sheared through a 23-gauge needle five times, keeping the suspension on ice. Protein concentrations are determined using the BCA assay and aliquoted preparations are stored at -800C until needed.
Compound IC50 determination Fluorimetric assay with hFAAH microsomes
[00355] Compound potency against hFAAH is determined using an enzymatic assay with a fluorescence readout. Briefly, experiments were carried out in a 96-well plate format (Corning Costar, # 3370) with a total well volume of 160 μL with components added in the following order: assay buffer (50 mM HEPES (pH 7.4), 1 mM EDTA, 1.4 mg/mL BSA), compound solutions (7 different concentrations per compound in duplicate), microsomal enzyme preparation (10 μg per well) and substrate [AA-AMC (arachadonyl 7-amino 4-methyl coumarin amide), 2 μM]. After a brief shaking, a kinetic read of the plate is obtained using a Tecan Safire II in kinetic mode for 275 cycles with excitation and emission wavelengths of 355 and 460nm, respectively. Raw data is then processed and analyzed using Assay Explorer and GraphPad Prism. Radioactive assay with hFAAH microsomes
[00356] Compound potency against hFAAH is determined using an enzymatic assay with a radiometric readout. Briefly, experiments are carried out in 1.5mL vials with a total well volume of 200 μL with components added in the following order: assay buffer (50 mM HEPES (pH 7.4), 1 mM EDTA, 1 mg/mL BSA), compound solutions (6 different concentrations per compound in triplicate), microsomal enzyme preparation (10 μg per well) and substrate (AEA with 3H-AEA tracer, 1 μM). After a 30 minute incubation, 400 μL of CH3OH/CHCL3 1/1 (v/v) solution is added to each tube, reactions are vortexed and centrifuged before extracting 300 μL of the aqueous layer, mixing it with 5 mL of scintillation fluid before counting the amount of radioactivity present in a liquid scintillation counter. Raw data is then processed and analyzed using GraphPad Prism.
[00357] In alternative FAAH assays, 14C- anandamide may be utilized or anandamide
[ethanolamine-l-3H] and incubated with microsomes or cell membranes from liver cells or cell lines. The reaction can be monitored by differential absorption of the substrate and its products to charcoal (L. Boldrup, et al., (2004) J. Biochem. Biophys. Methods 60, 171-177; S. Wilson, et al., (2003) Anal. Biochem. 318, 270-275). A fluorescent assay utilizing substrate decanoyl 7-amino-4-methyl coumarin (D-AMC), that is cleaved to the fluorescent molecule 7-amino-4-methyl coumarin (AMC) has also been described (K. L. Kage, et al., (2006) J. Neurosci. Methods (2006) Nov 1 [E pub ahead of print: doi:10.1016/i.ineumeth.2006.10.006T).
Neuropathic pain models
Chronic Constriction Injury Model (CCI or Bennett model):
[00358] The CCI model is performed according to the method described by Bennett and Xie,
Pain, 33:87-107, 1988. Briefly, under isoflurane anesthesia, the right sciatic nerve is exposed at mid- thigh level via blunt dissection through the biceps femoris. Proximal to the bifurcation of the sciatic nerve, about 7mm of nerve is freed of adhering tissue and 4 loose ligatures of 4.0 chromic gut are tied around the nerve. Spacing between ligatures is approximately lmm. The wound is closed in layers, and the skin closed with staples or non-silk sutures. Sham operated animals are treated identically with the exception that the sciatic nerve will not be ligated. Mechanical allodynia, cold allodynia, or thermal hyperalgesia testing occur 7-21 days post surgery. Spinal Nerve Transection (SNT or Chung model):
[00359] The SNT model will be performed according to the method described by Kim and Chung,
Pain 50:355-363, 1992. Under isoflurane anesthesia, a longitudinal incision is made at the lower lumbar and sacral levels, exposing paraspinal muscles on the left side. The location of the incision is determined by the position of the L5 spinous process. The paraspinal muscles are isolated and removed from the level of the L4 spinous process to the sacrum. This opens up the space ventrolateral to the articular processes, dorsal to the L6 transverse process, and medial to the ileum. Remaining connective tissues and muscles are removed. Under a dissecting microscope, the L6 transverse process, which covers the L5 spinal nerve, is removed. Due to their close proximity, the L4 and L5 spinal nerves may need to be separated to fully expose the L5 spinal nerve for ligation using extra caution not to damage the L4 nerve during this process. Animals that exhibit L4 nerve damage as evidenced by paw drop post-anesthesia are not included in studies. Once the L5 spinal nerve is exposed, the nerve is ligated with 6-0 silk. Alternatively, the spinal nerve is cut distal to the ligation site. If a more complete neuropathy is required, then the L6 spinal nerve may also be ligated using the procedure described above. Sham operated animals are treated identically with the exception that the nerves will not be ligated/transected. Following spinal nerve ligation, hemostasis is confirmed, the muscles are sutured in layers, and the skin is closed with staples or non-silk sutures. Mechanical allodynia, cold allodynia, or thermal hyperalgesia testing occur 7- 21 days post surgery.
Chemotherapy-induced painful neuropathy:
[00360] Chemotherapy neuropathy is induced by i.p. administration of 1 mg/kg Taxol administered once/day on 4 alternating days (total dose = 4 mg/kg) (Polomano et al, Pain, 94:293-304, 2001). Mechanical allodynia, cold allodynia, or thermal hyperalgesia testing occur 9-30 days post day 1 of Taxol administration.
Inflammatory pain models Formalin model:
[00361] Test compounds are administered at various times prior to intraplantar administration of formalin. A dilute solution of formalin (50 μL of 2.5% formaldehyde/saline) is administered s.c. into the plantar surface of the left hind paw under light restraint. Immediately following injection, animals are placed on a mesh stand inside a clear observation chamber large enough to allow for free movement of the animals during the study. Behaviors are scored using manual scoring or automated scoring. [00362] Manual scoring: Using a three channel timer, the observer records the time (t in seconds) of decreased weight-bearing (ti), paw lifting (t2), and licking/biting/shaking (t3). Results are weighted according to the method of Dubuisson and Dennis, Pain, 4: 161-174, 1977, using the formula t!+2t2+3t3/180 where 180 s is the evaluation time for each increment. Behaviors are acquired in alternating 3 min increments starting at time = 0 min (i.e. 0-3 min, 6-9 min etc.) and ending at 60 min. [00363] Automated scoring: A small metal band weighing 0.5 g is placed on the left paw.
Formalin is administered and the animal placed unrestrained inside an observation chamber over an electromagnetic detector system (Automated Nociception Analyzer, University of California, San Diego). The number of paw flinches are electronically recorded. Complete Freund's Adjuvant Model (CFA):
[00364] Animals receive an s.c. injection of 100 μL complete Freund's adjuvant containing
100 μg Mycobacterium tuberculosis strain H37Ra into the plantar surface of the right hind paw under isoflurane anesthesia. Swelling and inflammation are visible within Ih after administration. Mechanical allodynia or thermal hyperalgesia testing start 24 h post CFA administration. Carageenan:
[00365] Animals receive a subcutaneous injection of 100 μL of either 2% carrageenan or saline
(controls) into the plantar surface of the right hind paw under isoflurane anesthesia. Swelling and inflammation are visible within Ih after administration. Mechanical allodynia or thermal hyperalgesia testing start 3-24 h post carageenan administration (Hargreaves et al., Pain, 32:77-88, 1988).
Visceral pain models Colo-rectal Distension (CRD):
[00366] Prior to induction of the model, animals are deprived of food but allowed access to water ad libitum for 16h prior to the induction of the model. A 5 cm latex balloon is attached to a barostat system composed of a flow meter and pressure control program by a length of tubing. Under isoflurane anesthesia, the balloon is inserted into the distal colon via the anus at a distance of 5 cm from the anus and taped to the base of the tail. Post-anesthesia, the animal is placed unrestrained into a clean polypropylene cage and allowed to acclimate for 30 mins. The balloon is progressively inflated from 0-75 mmHg in 5 mm increments every 30 s. The colonic reaction threshold is defined as the pressure inducing the first abdominal contraction. Abdominal contraction indicative of visceral pain correlates with hunching, hump-backed position, licking of the lower abdomen, repeated waves of contraction of the ipsilateral oblique musculature with inward turning of the ipsilateral hindlimb, stretching, squashing of the lower abdomen against the floor (Wesselman, Neurosci. Lett., 246:73-76, 1998). Acetic Acid WrithingTest:
[00367] A 0.6% solution of acetic acid (10 ml/kg) is administered i.p. to rats and the number of abdominal constrictions over 30 min are counted.
Behavioral Testing Mechanical testing:
[00368] Mechanical allodynia testing is performed using the up-down method of Dixon, Ann. Rev.
Pharmacol. Toxicol. 20:441-462, 1980, modified for mechanical thresholds by Chaplan et al., J. Neurosci. Methods 53:55-63, 1994. Testing is performed during the day portion of the circadian cycle (7:00-19:00). Animals are placed in separate plastic enclosures with a mesh bottom which allowed for full access to the paws. For all tests, animals are acclimated to the apparatus for at least 15 min prior to testing or until cage exploration and major grooming activities have ceased. The area tested will be the mid-plantar hind paw. The paw is touched with 1 of a series of 8 von Frey hairs (Stoelting, Wood Dale, IL) with logarithmically incremental stiffness (0.4, 0.6, 1.4, 2, 4, 6, 8, and 15 g). Each von Frey hair is presented perpendicularly to the plantar surface with sufficient force to cause slight buckling against the paw and held for approximately 6-8 s. Stimulation is presented at intervals of several seconds, allowing for apparent resolution of any behavioral responses to previous stimuli. A positive response will be noted if the paw is sharply withdrawn. Flinching immediately upon removal of the hair will also be considered a positive response. Ambulation will be considered an ambiguous response and in such cases, the stimulus will be repeated.
[00369] To determine the 50% withdrawal threshold, testing will be initiated with the 2 g fiber
(the middle fiber in the series). Fibers will be presented in a consecutive fashion whether ascending or descending. In the absence of a paw withdrawal response to the initially selected fiber, the next highest fiber is presented. In the event of a paw withdrawal, the next weaker fiber is presented. The optimal threshold calculation by this method requires 6 responses in the immediate vicinity of the 50% withdrawal threshold. Counting of the critical 6 data points will not begin until the response threshold is first crossed at which time the 2 responses straddling the threshold will be designated as the first 2 responses of the series of 6. Four additional responses to the continued presentation of the fibers constituted the remaining 4 responses.
[00370] In cases where continuous positive or negative responses are observed to the exhaustion of the fiber set, values of 15 g and 0.25 g are assigned, respectively.
[00371] The range of fibers tested in this paradigm have not been shown to cause tissue damage although prolonged stimulation over short time intervals may result in sensitization and/or habituation, scenarios which would lead to decreased or increased thresholds, respectively. Therefore, there is a minimum 1 h interval between testing sessions with no more than 4 testing sessions per day. For testing intervals, animals are returned to their cages following all testing sessions. Testing sessions will last no longer than 1 h. No two testing sessions will occur on consecutive hours. To minimize distress, mechanical allodynia testing is conducted no more than 4 times per day. Thermal testing:
[00372] To measure heat thermal hyperalgesia, an Ugo Basile radiant heat source (LR. intensity of
40) will be provided by a light bulb focused onto the plantar surface of the paw (Hargreaves et al., Pain 32:77-88, 1988). Paw withdrawal latencies are defined as the time it takes for the animal to remove its paw from the heat source. To ensure that no tissue damage occurs, all tests will have a 20 sec cutoff even when the animal does not withdraw its paw away from the heat stimulation. The test consists of 3 measurements of the same paw, with a minimum 5 minute intervals between each determination. To minimize distress, thermal testing is conducted no more than 3 times per day. Cold testing: [00373] To measure cold allodynia, a drop of acetone is applied to the plantar surface of the paw through the underside of the grating on which the animals are standing using a 50 μL Hamilton syringe. The process is performed 5 times with a 3 min interval between each time. Vigorous shaking will be recorded as a positive response. The acetone drop test is conducted no more than 5 times over the course of a study (including the pre-surgery baseline test) and no more than once per day (Kotinen et al., Pain 80:341-346, 1999).
Neuropathic Pain Measurements using Chung Model
[00374] Under pentobarbital anesthesia (60 mg/kg, i.p.), rats are placed in a prone position on a flat, sterile surface. A midline incision from L4-S2 is made and the left paraspinal muscles are separated from the spinous processes. The L5 and L6 spinal nerves are tightly ligated with a 4-0 silicon-treated silk suture, according to the method described by Kim and Chung, Pain, 50:355-363, 1992. The L4 spinal nerve is carefully preserved from being surgically injured. The skin is closed with wound clips and animals are returned to their home cages. Rats exhibiting prolonged postoperative neurological deficits or poor grooming are excluded from the experiments. The animals are assessed for response to noxious mechanical stimuli by determining paw withdrawal threshold (PWT), as described below, prior to surgery (baseline), then immediately prior to and at various time points after being administered with a compound of this invention (30 mg/kg) in the left rear paw of the animal. Additionally, other animals may also be assessed for thermal or mechanical hyperalgesia, as described below.
[00375] Assessment of Tactile Allodynia: To assess tactile allodynia, rats are placed in clear,
Plexiglas compartments with a wire mesh floor and allowed to habituate for a period of at least 15 minutes. After habituation, a series of von Frey monofilaments are presented to the plantar surface of the left (operated) foot of each rat. The series of von Frey monofilaments consists of six monofilaments of increasing diameter, with the smallest diameter fiber presented first. Five trials are conducted with each filament with each trial separated by approximately 2 minutes. Each presentation lasts for a period of 4-8 seconds or until a nociceptive withdrawal behavior is observed. Flinching, paw withdrawal or licking of the paw are considered nociceptive behavioral responses.
[00376] Response to Thermal Stimuli as an Assessment of Thermal Hyperalgesia: The plantar test can be used to assess thermal hyperalgesia. For this test, hind paw withdrawal latencies to a noxious thermal stimulus are determined using a plantar test apparatus (commercially available from Ugo Basile of Italy) following the technique described by Hargreaves et al., Pain 32: 77-88, 1988. The maximum exposure time is set at 32 seconds to avoid tissue damage and any directed paw withdrawal from the heat source is taken as the end point. Three latencies are determined at each time point and averaged. Only the affected (ipsilateral) paw is tested. An increase latency of paw withdrawal demonstrates reversal of hyperalgesia.
[00377] Response to Mechanical Stimuli as an Assessment of Mechanical Hyperalgesia: The paw pressure assay can be used to assess mechanical hyperalgesia. For this assay, hind paw withdrawal thresholds (PWT) to a noxious mechanical stimulus are determined using an analgesymeter (Model 7200, commercially available from Ugo Basile of Italy) as described in Stein et al., Pharmacol. Biochem. Behav. 31 :451-455, 1988. The maximum weight that can be applied to the hind paw is set at 250 g and the end point is taken as complete withdrawal of the paw. PWT is determined once for each rat at each time point and only the affected (ipsilateral) paw is tested.
Parkinson's Disease:
Experiments are conducted as described in McCaIl et al; J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 2005 314(3): 1248- 1256.
Locomotor Activity Measurements in Reserpinized Rats
[00378] Rats pretreated with reserpine and the dopamine synthesis inhibitor α-methyl-para-
\yrosine (AMPT) are akinetic and cataleptic. These effects can be reversed by L-dopa. Reserpine/ AMPT- treated rats have been used as a model of dopamine depletion to mimic parkinsonian conditions. Rats weighing 200 to 250 g are used in this assay. Animals are pretreated with reserpine (5 mg/kg s.c, 18 h prior) and AMPT (100 mg/kg s.c, 1 h prior) before the experiment. The animals are injected with the test compound or saline, and locomotor activity is measured using animal activity monitors. Data can be presented as horizontal counts expressed as percentage of saline-treated controls and comparisons can be done at discrete 10-min intervals, comparing vehicle to individual doses of test compound.
Turning in 6-Hydroxydopamine (6-OHDA)-Lesioned Rats
[00379] Unilateral 6-OHDA injections into the substantia nigra cause selective destruction of dopamine neurons, leading to supersensitivity of the dopamine receptors in the caudate putamen on the injected side, hi these animals, dopamine receptor agonists cause contralateral turning. Rats (225—280 g) are pretreated with desmethylimipramine 25 mg/kg i.p. 1 h before surgery. They are anesthetized with Chloropent given at 3 ml/kg i.p. and placed in a stereotaxic apparatus with the incisor bar raised to 4 mm (smaller rats) or 5 mm (larger rats). A small hole is drilled through the skull and a 30-gauge stainless tubing is lowered to the right substantia nigra using the following coordinates: for smaller rats, AP, -1.5 mm; L, +1.8 mm; and V, -8.0 mm; for larger rats, AP, -2.8 mm; L, +2.0 mm; and V, -8.0 mm. 6-OHDA, hydrogen bromide solution is injected into the substantia nigra at 12 μg/2 μl free base) in 0.9% saline/0.1% ascorbic acid at 1 μl/min, using a syringe pump. Two weeks after surgery, the effects of the lesions are tested by monitoring the turning rate of rats given 0.5 mg/kg s.c. apomorphine HCl in 0.9% saline/0.1% ascorbic acid. Total turns are recorded at 10-min intervals in automated monitors. Each rat is connected by a lightweight harness and tether to a rotometer at the top of a clear plastic cylindrical cage. Rats can be used for test compound experiments if they have at least 30 turns/10 min (range 30-160 turns/ 10 min) in this screen.
MPTP-Lesioned Monkeys
[00380] Cynomolgus monkeys (Macaca fascicularis), weighing approximately 3 kg each, are treated with MPTP i.v. at different dosages until variable, but stable, parkinsonian features occur. During the period of peak test compound effect, behavioral responses are scored every 30 min using an MPTP monkey disability scale and locomotor activity is recorded every 15 min by photocells mounted in the cages. Results obtained with L-dopa/benserazide 50:12.5 mg/kg and 0.1 mg/kg apomorphine can be used as reference standards.
Anxiety:
Elevated Plus Maze
[00381] The elevated plus maze test is used to assess the anxiolytic properties of test compounds.
This test can be conducted as described in WaIf, A.A. and Frye, CA. Nature Protocols 2: 322-328 (2007). Briefly, rats are injected with vehicle or test compounds at least 15 minutes before being placed on the center platform of the maze. The maze consists of 4 arms, 2 open and 2 closed, arranged in a cross pattern with a central platform. The number of entries into an open arm along with the time spent in the open arms are recorded with a video-tracking device.
Light-dark Exploration
[00382] The light dark exploration test is used to evaluate anxiety in mice. The light dark paradigm in mice is based on a conflict between the innate aversion to brightly illuminated areas and the spontaneous exploratory activity. This assay can be conducted as described in Griebel, G. et al J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 2002 301 :333-345. Briefly, the test apparatus consists of two polyvinylchloride boxes covered with Plexiglas. One of these boxes is darkened. A desk lamp placed 20 cm above the lit box and a neon tube fixed on the ceiling provide the room illumination so that the light intensity in the center of the illuminated box is 1000 lux. An opaque plastic runnel separates the dark box from the illuminated one. At the beginning of the experiment, the test mouse is placed in the illuminated box, facing the tunnel. Recording starts when the animal enters the tunnel for the first time. The following parameters can be monitored during a 4-min period: 1) time spent by mice in the lit box; 2) attempt at entry into the lit box followed by avoidance responses (this includes stretched attend posture; the mouse stretches forward and retracts to original position); 3) total number of tunnel crossings; and 4) activity in the lit box. Experiments are performed at least 15 minutes after administration of the test compounds.
Marble Burying Test
[00383] The marble burying test is an anxiety assay conducted in mice. It can be run as described in Chaki, S. et al J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 2003 304:818-826. Briefly, mice are treated with vehicle or test compounds at least 15 minutes prior to the experiment. Mice are then individually placed in transparent, polycarbonate cages containing a 5-cm layer of sawdust and 24 glass marbles (1.5 cm in diameter) evenly spaced against the wall of the cage. Thirty minutes later the animals are removed from the cages and the number of marbles at least two-thirds buried in the sawdust are recorded.
Depression:
Forced Swimming Test [00384] The forced swimming test is a model of behavioral despair and it is used to assess the anti-depressant like properties of test compounds. This assay can be run as described in Chaki, S. et al J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 2003 304:818-826 and Detke, MJ. et al Psychopharmacology 1995 121 :66-72. A time-sampling technique is used to score several types of behavior (immobility, swimming, climbing). This method has previously been shown to be reliable and valid for detecting effects of different antidepressant drugs (Detke, MJ. et al Psychopharmacology 1995 121 :66-72). Swimming sessions are conducted by placing rats in cylinders containing 25°C water, 30 cm deep, so that rats cannot support themselves by touching the bottom with their feet. Two swimming sessions are conducted: an initial 15- min pretest followed 24 h later by a 5-min test. Test compounds or vehicle are administered during the period between these two sessions. Test sessions are videotaped from the front of the cylinders for later scoring. At the end of each 5-s period during the test session, the scorer rates the rat's behavior as one of the following three behaviors: 1) immobility, floating in the water without struggling, and making only movements necessary to keep its head above water; 2) swimming, making active swimming motions between quadrants of the cylinder, more than necessary to merely keep the head above water, moving around in the cylinder; and 3) climbing movements with forepaws in and out of the water, usually directed against the walls.
Tail suspension test
[00385] The tail suspension test is a model of behavioral despair and it is used to assess the antidepressant like properties of test compounds. This assay can be run as described in Huges, Z. A. et al Neuropharmacology 2008 54:1136-1142. Following treatment with test compounds or vehicle at least 15 minutes before the test, mice are suspended upside down by the tail using adhesive laboratory tape, to a flat metal bar connected to a strain gauge within a tail suspension chamber. The time spent immobile during a 6-min test session is automatically recorded.
Etnesis:
Conditioned gaping
[00386] Conditioned gaping is a model conducted in rats for the anticipatory nausea occurring in chemotherapy-treated patients. This test can be conducted as described in Rock, E. M. et al; Psychopharmacology 2008 196:389-395. Briefly, rats are conditioned using four conditioning trials at 72h intervals by injecting them with LiCl (127mg/kg i.p.) immediately before placing them in a distinctive context (i.e. a chamber laced with vanilla smell). For testing compounds, pre-conditioned rats are separated in different groups which are injected with vehicle or different doses of the compound tested at least 15 minutes prior to testing. Testing is conducted by placing the animals in the distinctive context and monitoring their orofacial responses for gaping reactions for up to 15 minutes. The orofacial responses of the animals are video-recorded for scoring.
Cisplatin-mediated emesis [00387] Cisplatin is known to induce nausea in cancer patients. Cisplatin can be injected in ferrets to induce vomiting to produce a model in which compounds can be tested to ascertain whether they can diminish nausea and vomiting. This test can be conducted as described in Van Sickle M.D. et al Am. J. Physiol. Gastrointest. Liver Physiol. 285: G566-G576, 2003. Briefly, ferrets are anesthetized with halothane and maintained at 1.5-2.0%. Vehicle or test compounds are administered at least 15 min before the emetic agent cisplatin. A small incision is made to expose the left jugular vein for the administration of cisplatin (10 mg/kg iv). The incision is closed and then the unanaesthetized ferret is observed for 3 h or for 1 h after the last emetic episode to count the number of episodes of retching (defined by rhythmic abdominal contractions with an open mouth) and vomiting (defined by retching with the expulsion of saliva and gastric juices).
Multiple Sclerosis
Experimental Autoimmune Encephalitis model (EAE)
[00388] The EAE model is a model of multiple sclerosis. This assay can be conducted as described in Mead, R.J. et al J. Immunology 2002 168:458-465. Briefly, rats are immunized in each hind footpad with 50 μl of a 1 :1 emulsion of 1 mg/ml guinea pig myelin basic protein (gpMBP) in PBS and CFA containing 4 mg/ml Mycobacterium tuberculosis H37 Ra. Animals are weighed daily and monitored for clinical signs of disease, scored as follows: 0, no clinical signs; 0.5, tail weakness; 1, tail atony; 1.5, tail atony and abnormal gait; 2, hind limb weakness; 2.5, complete paralysis of one hind limb; 3, complete paralysis of both hind limbs; 4, moribund. Test compounds or vehicle are administered as appropriate during the experiment.
Chronic Relapsing Experimental Allergic Encephalomyelitis (CREAE)
[00389] The CREAE model is a model of multiple sclerosis where the mice also develop limb spasticity and tremor. This model can be conducted as described in Ligresti, A. et al Br. J. Pharmacol. 2006 147:83-91 or in Baker, D. et al Nature 2000 404:84-87. Briefly, limb spasticity in CREAE mice is assessed as follows. Spasticity is induced in ABH mice following the induction of experimental allergic encephalomyelitis (EAE) using syngenic spinal cord homogenate in Freund's adjuvant on day 0 and 7. Mice exhibit relapsing-remitting episodes of paralysis and spasticity developed typically after 2-3 relapses, at about 80-100 days postinduction. Spasticity is assessed by measuring the force required for hindlimb flexion against a strain gauge prior to and following the administration of vehicle or test compound. Spasticity resulting from accumulating neurological deficit is associated with limb stiffness and is measured during remission from active paralytic attacks, where limbs lack functional movement and exhibit weak resistance to flexion. There is significant variation between the degree of spasticity between individual limbs and animals, which makes direct comparison between different groups difficult. Therefore, the forces from individual limbs are assessed, pairwise, using analysis of variance tests. Test compounds or vehicle are administered as appropriate during the experiment.
Inflammation Experimental Colitis
[00390] Experimental colitis tests are models for inflammatory bowel diseases. The dextran sulfate sodium (DSS) experimental colitis model can be conducted as described in Kimball, E.S. et al Am. J. Physiol. Gastrointest. Liver Physiol. 291 : G364-G371, 2006. Mice are provided with a solution of tap water containing 5% DSS (45 kDa) ad libitum over a 7-day period. The DSS solution is replenished daily, and the amount consumed is measured. At the end of this 7-day period, animals are euthanized, and their colons are examined for signs of inflammation and diarrhea. The colon length is measured from the oral end of the cecum to the anus. These measurements and observations are assigned a score as previously reported (Kimball, E.S. et al Am. J. Physiol. Gastrointest. Liver Physiol. 288:G1266-G1273, 2005). The sum of these three individual macroscopic indices are combined into a macroscopic score for each colon, where 0 = normal and 11 = maximally affected. Test compounds or vehicle are administered as appropriate during the experiment.
Carrageenan Paw Inflammation
[00391] The carrageenan-induced inflammation of the paw can be used to test the antiinflammatory properties of compounds. This model can be conducted as described in Holt, S. et al British Journal of Pharmacology 2005 146:467-476. Briefly, the animals are weighed and thereafter anaesthetised by intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection of pentobarbital (60 mg kg"1). Acute inflammation is induced by i.pl. injection of 20 μl of carrageenan (2% w v"1 in saline) into the right hind paw. Control animals receive a corresponding i.pl. injection of vehicle. The paw volume of the injected paw as well as the contralateral paw is then measured by a plethysmometer, before and 2 and 4 h after the carrageenan injection. At the 2 h time point, most of the animals have recovered from the anaesthesia, and at the 4 h time point all animals have recovered. The volume of the contralateral paw is subtracted from the volume of the injected paw, to obtain the oedema volume. Test compounds or vehicle are administered at least 15 minutes prior to carrageenan treatment.
Glaucoma
High Intraocular Pressure Ischemia
[00392] The high intraocular pressure (IOP) ischemia model is a model of acute glaucoma. It can be conducted as described in Nucci, C. et al Investigative Ophthalmology and Visual Science. 2007 48:2997-3004. Before induction of ischemia, animals are anesthetized with chloral hydrate (400 mg/kg i.p.). Corneal analgesia is achieved by using topical drops of 0.4% oxybuprocaine. Pupillary dilation is maintained using 0.5% tropicamide. The anterior chamber of the right eye is cannulated with a 27-gauge infusion needle connected to a 500-mL plastic container of sterile saline, then IOP is raised to 120 mm Hg for 45 minutes by elevating the saline reservoir. Retinal ischemia is confirmed by observing a whitening of the iris and loss of the red reflex of the retina. A sham procedure is performed without the elevation of the bottle in the contralateral eye. Rats sustaining an ischemic insult in the right eye and a sham procedure in the contralateral eye are divided into groups and treated with either vehicle or test compounds. Alternatively, rats are treated with vehicle or test compounds before the ischemic injury. After reperfusion, the animals are anesthetized (chloral hydrate, 400 mg/kg i.p.) and perfused through the left ventricle of the heart with 50 mL of heparinized PBS (pH 7.4), followed by 5OmL of 4% paraformaldehyde in PBS. Two hours after the perfusion-fixation procedure has been completed, the eyes are enucleated and postfixed in 4% paraformaldehyde for 72 hours. Serial coronal sections, cut along the vertical meridian of the eye passing through the optic nerve head, are stained with hematoxylin and eosin. The number of cells in the RGC layer is counted in six areas (25 μm2 each) of each section (n =5 per eye), at a distance of 300 μm from the optic nerve head on the superior and inferior hemisphere, under a light microscope (4Ox magnification).
Intraocular Pressure Test
[00393] The effect of test compounds on intraocular pressure (IOP) can be measured as described in Laine, K. et al Investigative Ophthalmology and Visual Science. 2002 43:3216-3222. For each experiment, rabbits are placed in plastic restraining boxes located in a quiet room. A drop of test solution containing either vehicle or test compound is instilled unilaterally into the left eye on the upper corneoscleral limbus. IOP is measured by using a pneumatonometer for pigmented rabbits or a handheld tonometer for albino rabbits. Before each measurement, 1 or 2 drops of topical anesthetic (0.04% oxybuprocaine) is applied to reduce discomfort. For every determination, at least two readings are taken from each treated (ipsilateral) and untreated (contralateral) eye, and the mean of these readings are used. IOP is measured at 1 hour before administration, then at 0, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 hours after application of the eye drops. IOP at the time of administration of the eye drops (0 hour) is used as a baseline value.
Appetite Enhancement
Feeding Test
[00394] Test compounds can be assayed for appetite stimulation in a food consumption test as described for mice in Wiley, J.L. et al Br. J. Pharmacol. 2005 145: 293-300. Briefly, all compounds are tested in adult male ICR mice (25-32 g). For the feeding experiments, each ICR mouse is tested with each dose of a single test compound, presented in randomized order. The weight of food pellets is measured at 0.01 mg accuracy. At 24 h before the start of a feeding trial, all food is removed from the home cages of mice to be tested. The next day mice are transported to the laboratory at least 1 h before the beginning of the feeding trial. They are injected with the test compound or vehicle at the specified pre-session injection interval. Subsequently, they are placed in a clear plastic cage with thick brown paper lining the bottom and allowed access to a pre-measured amount of their regular lab chow. At the end of 1 h, mice are removed from the test cage and placed back into their home cage. The amount of food left in the test cage, including crumbs, is measured, and the amount consumed is calculated.
Atherosclerosis
[00395] E3L transgenic mice express a mutated form of human ApoE3 which make them a suitable model for the testing of compounds with potential anti-atherosclerotic properties. The experiments can be conducted as described in de Haan, W. et al Atherosclerosis 2008 197:57-63. Briefly, male E3L mice are fed a semi-synthetic diet containing 15% (w/w) fat, supplemented with 0.25% (w/w) cholesterol in the presence or absence of test compounds for 8 weeks. Experiments are performed after 4 h of fasting. Plasma is obtained via tail vein bleeding and assayed for total cholesterol (TC) and for the distribution of lipids over plasma lipoproteins. Livers are isolated from control-treated and compound- treated mice after cervical dislocation and lipids extracted from them. The levels of total cholesterol, free cholesterol, cholesteryl esters and phospholipids are then determined.
Activity of Exemplary Compounds of the Invention
[00396] The following compounds have been or can be prepared according to the methods of the invention. An enzymatic (fluorescence based) assay is performed as described above. The IC5O data for some of the representative compounds are given in Table 1 below, hi Table 1 , activity of each compound is expressed as follows:
++++ IC50 <10O nM
+++ IC50 101-50O nM
++ IC50 501-100O nM
+ IC50 >100O nM
* % Inhibition <70%
[00397] Table 1: IC50 Data for Exemplary Compounds of Invention
Figure imgf000090_0001
Figure imgf000091_0001
Figure imgf000092_0001
Figure imgf000093_0001
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure imgf000095_0001
Figure imgf000096_0001
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure imgf000098_0001
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000101_0001
Figure imgf000102_0001
Figure imgf000103_0001
Figure imgf000104_0001
Figure imgf000105_0001
Figure imgf000106_0001
Figure imgf000107_0001
Figure imgf000108_0001
Figure imgf000109_0001
Figure imgf000110_0001
Figure imgf000111_0001
Figure imgf000112_0001
Figure imgf000113_0001
Figure imgf000114_0001
Figure imgf000115_0001
Figure imgf000116_0001
Figure imgf000117_0001
Figure imgf000118_0001
Figure imgf000119_0001
[00398) From the foregoing description, various modifications and changes in the compositions and methods of this invention will occur to those skilled in the art. All such modifications coming within the scope of the appended claims are intended to be included therein.
[00399] All publications, including but not limited to patents and patent applications, cited in this specification are herein incorporated by reference as if each individual publication were specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference herein as though fully set forth. [00400] At least some of the chemical names of compounds of the invention as given and set forth in this application, may have been generated on an automated basis by use of a commercially available chemical naming software program, and have not been independently verified. Representative programs performing this function include the Lexichem naming tool sold by Open Eye Software, Inc. and the Autonom Software tool sold by MDL, Inc. In the instance where the indicated chemical name and the depicted structure differ, the depicted structure will control.
[00401] Chemical structures shown herein were prepared using ISIS® /DRAW. Any open valency appearing on a carbon, oxygen or nitrogen atom in the structures herein indicates the presence of a hydrogen atom. Where a chiral center exists in a structure but no specific stereochemistry is shown for the chiral center, both enantiomers associated with the chiral structure are encompassed by the structure.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound having a formula:
Figure imgf000121_0001
I wherein each A, B, and Y are independently CR2aR2b; W and Z are independently CR4; X is -SO2-, -CO-, -SO2NR20-, or -CONH-; nl is O or 1;
L1 is a single bond or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C5 alkylene; provided that when nl is 0, Ll is substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C5 alkylene; R1 is selected from a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl; each of R2a, R2b, and R2c is independently selected from hydrogen, and substituted or unsubstituted Q-C6 alkyl;
R3 is selected from substituted or unsubstituted CrC6alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3- Cgcycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and
R4 is independently selected from H, Ci-C6alkyl, substituted CrC6alkyl, acyl, substituted acyl, substituted or unsubstituted acylamino, substituted or unsubstituted amino, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl arylalkyloxy, substituted arylalkyloxy, amino, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, substituted sulfanyl, substituted sulfinyl, substituted sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminosulfonyl, sulfo, sulfonic acid ester, azido, carboxy, substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl, cyano, substituted or unsubstituted C3-Cscycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, halo, heteroaryloxy, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, hydroxy, nitro, and thiol; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof; and stereoisomers, isotopic variants and tautomers thereof; provided that the compound is other than 6-benzyl-N-[4-(trifluorornethyl)phenyl]-5,6,7,8- tetrahydro-2,6-naphthyridin- 1 -amine.
2. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein A is CHR2b or CH2.
3. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein each of B and Y is independently CHR2b or CH2.
4. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein each of A, B and Y is CH2.
5. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein R1 is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
6. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein R1 is substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
7. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein R1 is substituted or unsubstituted pyridyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxole, substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxane, substituted or unsubstituted benzofuran, substituted or unsubstituted benzothiophene, and substituted or unsubstituted benzodioxepine.
8. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein R1 is substituted or unsubstituted quinoline-3-yl.
9. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein R1 is phenyl, pyridyl or quinoline-3-yl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, CrC6alkyl, haloCi-C6alkyl, C3-C8cycloalkyl, amino, aryl, heteroaryl, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy and substituted sulfonyl.
10. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein R1 is phenyl, pyridyl or quinoline-3-yl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from Me, Et, Ph, Cl, F, Br, CN, OH, OMe, OEt, OPh, COPh, CF3, CHF2, OCF3, i-Pr, i-Bu, t-Bu, SMe, CH=CH-CO2H, SOMe, SO2Me, SO3H, SO3Me, and pyridyl.
1 1. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein R1 is unsubstituted quinoline-3-yl.
12. A compound according to any one of claims 1-11 wherein nl is O.
13. A compound according to any one of claims 1-1 1 wherein nl is 1 and X is -SO2-.
14. A compound according to any one of claims 1-1 1 wherein nl is 1 and X is -CO-.
15. A compound according to any one of claims 1-11 wherein nl is 1 and X is -SO2NR2c-.
16. A compound according to any one of claims 1-11 wherein nl is 1 and X is -CONH-.
17. A compound according to any one of claims 15-16 wherein R2c is H or CrC6 alkyl.
18. A compound according to any one of claims 15-16 wherein R2c is H, Me, Et, n-Pr, i-Pr, n-Bu, or t-Bu.
19. A compound according to any one of claims 1 -11 and 13-18 wherein L1 is a single bond.
20. A compound according to any one of claims 1-18 wherein L1 is a Ci-C5 alkylene group.
21. A compound according to any one of claims 1-18 wherein L1 is -CH2-, -C(Me)H-, -CH2CH2-, -C(Me)HCH2-, or -CH2C(Me)H-.
22. A compound according to any one of claims 1-21 wherein each of W and Z is independently CR4; and R4 is H, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C6alkyl, or halo.
23. A compound according to any one of claims 1 -21 wherein each of W and Z is CR4; and R4 is H, Me, CF3, Cl or F.
24. A compound according to any one of claims 1 -21 wherein each of W and Z is independently CH.
25. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is according to formula Ha, lib, lie, πd, IIe, Hf, πg, Ilh, Hi, or Hj:
Figure imgf000123_0001
lie Md
Figure imgf000123_0002
and wherein R3 is as in claim 1 ; and R2c is H, Me, Et, n-Pr, i-Pr, or n-Bu.
26. A compound according to any one of claims 1 -25 wherein R3 is substituted or unsubstituted
C,-C6alkyl.
27. A compound according to any one of claims 1-25 wherein R3 is Ci-C6alkyl, substituted with
Cl, F or OH.
28. A compound according to any one of claims 1-25 wherein R3 is Me, Et, n-Pr, i-Pr, n-Bu, t-Bu,
2,2-dimethylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, or CF3.
29. A compound according to any one of claims 1 -25 wherein R3 is C3-C8cycloalkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, Q-Qalkyl, alkoxy and haloalkyl.
30. A compound according to any one of claims 1-25 wherein R3 is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, Ci-C6alkyl, alkoxy and haloalkyl.
31. A compound according to any one of claims 1 -25 wherein R3 is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from Me, Et, Cl, F, CN, OH, OMe, OEt, CF3, CHF2, OCF3, i-Pr, i-Bu, and t-Bu,.
32. A compound according to any one of claims 1-25 wherein R3 is substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl .
33. A compound according to any one of claims 1-25 wherein R3 is pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, or piperazinyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, CrC6alkyl, alkoxy and haloCi-C6alkyl.
34. A compound according to any one of claims 1-25 wherein R3 is pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, or piperazinyl, substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from Me, Et, Cl, F, CN, OH, OMe, OEt, CF3, CHF2, OCF3, i-Pr, i-Bu, and t-Bu.
35. A compound according to any one of claims 1-25 wherein R3 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl.
36. A compound according to any one of claims 1-25 wherein R3 is phenyl or pyridyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, sulfo, substituted sulfanyl, substituted sulfϊnyl, substituted sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted amido, substituted or unsubstituted amino, carboxy, C1-Ce alkoxycarbonyl, CrC6alkyl, substituted Ci-C6alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, and sulfonamide.
37. A compound according to any one of claims 1 -25 wherein R3 is phenyl or pyridyl substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from Me, Et, Ph, Cl, F, Br, CN, OH, OMe, OEt, OPh, COPh, CF3, CHF2, OCF3, i-Pr, i-Bu, t-Bu, SMe, CH=CH-CO2H, SOMe, SO2Me, SO3H, SO3Me, and pyridyl.
38. A compound according to any one of claims 1-25 wherein R3 is pyrimidinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazinyl, benzdioxolanyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, sulfo, substituted sulfonyl, substituted sulfanyl, amido, carboxy, CpCβ alkoxycarbonyl, CrC6alkyl, substituted Cr C6alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, and sulfonamide .
39. A compound according to any one of claims 1-25 wherein R3 is pyrimidinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazinyl, benzdioxolanyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, or thiadiazolyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from Me, Et, Ph, Cl, F, CN, OH, OMe, OEt, OPh, COPh, CF3, CHF2, OCF3, i-Pr, i-Bu, t-Bu, SMe, CO2Me, CO2Et, CH=CH-CO2H, SOMe, SO2Me, SO3H, SO3Me, and pyridyl.
40. A compound according to any one of claims 1-25 wherein R3 is thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or oxadiazolyl, unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from Me, Et, Cl, CF3, CO2Me, CO2Et, and NHAc.
41. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is selected from the compounds exemplified in Table 1 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof; and stereoisomers, isotopic variants and tautomers thereof.
42. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a pharmaceutically effective amount of a compound of any of claims 1-41.
43. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 42, wherein the carrier is a parenteral carrier.
44. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 42, wherein the carrier is an oral carrier.
45. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 42, wherein the carrier is a topical carrier.
46. A method for preventing, treating or ameliorating in a mammal a disease or condition associated with the aberrant behavior of FAAH in vivo or which can be alleviated by modulating FAAH activity, which comprises administering to the mammal an effective disease-treating or condition-treating amount of a compound according to any of claims 1-41 or a pharmaceutical composition according to any of claims 42-45.
47. The method of claim 46, wherein the disease or condition is selected from: pain including acute, inflammatory and neuropathic pain, chronic pain, dental pain and headache including migraine, cluster headache and tension headache, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease and multiple sclerosis; diseases and disorders which are mediated by or result in inflammation, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis, and inflammatory bowel disease; diseases and disorders which are mediated by or result in neuroinflammation, encephalitis; centrally-mediated neuropsychiatric diseases and disorders, depression mania, bipolar disease, anxiety, schizophrenia, weight and eating disorders, sleep disorders and cognition disorders; neurological and neurodegenerative diseases and disorders; epilepsy and seizure disorders; addiction, spasticity, glaucoma, respiratory and airway disease and disorders, allergic rhinitis, asthma and reactive airway disease and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease; myocardial infarction, autoimmune diseases and disorders, itch / pruritus, psoriasis; obesity; lipid disorders; hypertension; emesis; nausea; cancer; and renal disorders.
48. The method of claim 47, wherein the disease or condition is Parkinson's disease.
49. The method of claim 47, wherein the disease or condition is Alzheimer's disease.
50. The method of claim 47, wherein the disease or condition is pain.
51. The method of claim 47, wherein the disease or condition is neuropathic pain.
52. The method of claim 47, wherein the disease or condition is an autoimmune disease.
53. The method of claim 47, wherein the disease or condition is an inflammatory disease or condition.
54. The method of claim 47, wherein the disease or condition is a neurological or neurodegenerative disease or condition.
55. A compound according to any one of claims 1-41, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for use as a pharmaceutical.
56. A compound according to any one of claims 1-41, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for use as a pharmaceutical in the treatment or prevention of a disease or condition selected from: pain including acute, inflammatory and neuropathic pain, chronic pain, dental pain and headache including migraine, cluster headache and tension headache; Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease and multiple sclerosis; diseases and disorders which are mediated by or result in inflammation, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis; diseases and disorders which are mediated by or result in neuroinflammation, encephalitis; centrally-mediated neuropsychiatric diseases and disorders, depression mania, bipolar disease, anxiety, schizophrenia, weight and eating disorders, sleep disorders and cognition disorders; neurological and neurodegenerative diseases and disorders; bone disorders; dermatitis; epilepsy and seizure disorders; prostate, bladder and bowel dysfunction, urinary incontinence, urinary hesitancy, rectal hypersensitivity, fecal incontinence, benign prostatic hypertrophy and inflammatory bowel disease; addiction, spasticity, glaucoma, respiratory and airway disease and disorders, allergic rhinitis, asthma and reactive airway disease and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease; myocardial infarction; hypertension; autoimmune diseases and disorders, itch / pruritus, psoriasis; obesity; lipid disorders; nausea; emesis; cancer; and renal disorders.
57. Use of a compound according to any of claims 1-41, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of a disease or condition selected from: pain including acute, inflammatory and neuropathic pain, chronic pain, dental pain and headache including migraine, cluster headache and tension headache; Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease and multiple sclerosis; diseases and disorders which are mediated by or result in inflammation, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis; diseases and disorders which are mediated by or result in neuroinflammation, encephalitis; centrally-mediated neuropsychiatric diseases and disorders, depression mania, bipolar disease, anxiety, schizophrenia, weight and eating disorders, sleep disorders and cognition disorders; neurological and neurodegenerative diseases and disorders; epilepsy and seizure disorders; bone disorders; dermatitis; prostate, bladder and bowel dysfunction, urinary incontinence, urinary hesitancy, rectal hypersensitivity, fecal incontinence, benign prostatic hypertrophy and inflammatory bowel disease; addiction, spasticity, glaucoma, respiratory and airway disease and disorders, allergic rhinitis, asthma and reactive airway disease and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease; myocardial infarction; hypertension; autoimmune diseases and disorders, itch / pruritus, psoriasis; obesity; lipid disorders; emesis; nausea; cancer; and renal disorders.
58. A combination of a compound as defined in any one of Claims 1-41, and another pharmacologically active agent.
59. The combination of claim 58, wherein said combination is useful for the treatment of Parkinson's disease.
60. The combination of claims 58 or 59, wherein the said another pharmacologically active agent comprises a dopamine D2 receptor agonist.
61. The combination of claims 58 or 59, wherein the said another pharmacologically active agent comprises dopamine.
PCT/US2008/008783 2007-07-19 2008-07-18 Compounds useful as faah modulators and uses thereof WO2009011904A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US95066807P 2007-07-19 2007-07-19
US60/950,668 2007-07-19
US818807P 2007-12-19 2007-12-19
US820007P 2007-12-19 2007-12-19
US818707P 2007-12-19 2007-12-19
US61/008,188 2007-12-19
US61/008,200 2007-12-19
US61/008,187 2007-12-19
US6157808P 2008-06-13 2008-06-13
US61/061,578 2008-06-13

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2009011904A1 true WO2009011904A1 (en) 2009-01-22

Family

ID=40259944

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2008/008783 WO2009011904A1 (en) 2007-07-19 2008-07-18 Compounds useful as faah modulators and uses thereof

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2009011904A1 (en)

Cited By (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010039186A2 (en) * 2008-09-23 2010-04-08 Renovis, Inc. Compounds useful as faah modulators and uses thereof
WO2010059610A1 (en) * 2008-11-19 2010-05-27 Renovis, Inc. 6, 7 -dihydro- 5h- pyrrolo [3, 4-d] pyrimidin-4-yl] -quinolin-3 -ylamine compounds useful as faah modulators and uses thereof
WO2010135360A1 (en) * 2009-05-18 2010-11-25 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isoxazolines as inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
WO2011085216A2 (en) 2010-01-08 2011-07-14 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of faah inhibitors for treating parkinson's disease and restless legs syndrome
WO2011123719A2 (en) 2010-03-31 2011-10-06 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of faah inhibitors for treating abdominal, visceral and pelvic pain
US8329675B2 (en) 2006-10-10 2012-12-11 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
WO2013134518A1 (en) * 2012-03-09 2013-09-12 Amgen Inc. Sulfamide sodium channel inhibitors
US8546564B2 (en) 2009-04-07 2013-10-01 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
JP2014506930A (en) * 2011-02-28 2014-03-20 アレイ バイオファーマ、インコーポレイテッド Serine / threonine kinase inhibitor
US8765735B2 (en) 2009-05-18 2014-07-01 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isoxazolines as inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
US8802119B2 (en) 2009-04-07 2014-08-12 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
US8927551B2 (en) 2009-05-18 2015-01-06 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isoxazolines as inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
US8957049B2 (en) 2008-04-09 2015-02-17 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
US9034849B2 (en) 2010-02-03 2015-05-19 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fatty acid amide hydrolase inhibitors
US9062116B2 (en) 2009-04-23 2015-06-23 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-fatty acid amide hydrolase-2 antibodies and uses thereof
US9149465B2 (en) 2009-05-18 2015-10-06 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isoxazolines as inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
WO2019037861A1 (en) * 2017-08-24 2019-02-28 Asceneuron S.A. Annulated glycosidase inhibitors
US10336775B2 (en) 2014-08-28 2019-07-02 Asceneuron Sa Glycosidase inhibitors
WO2019146739A1 (en) 2018-01-26 2019-08-01 塩野義製薬株式会社 Condensed cyclic compound having dopamine d3 receptor antagonism
US10556902B2 (en) 2016-02-25 2020-02-11 Asceneuron Sa Glycosidase inhibitors
US10696668B2 (en) 2016-02-25 2020-06-30 Asceneuron Sa Acid addition salts of piperazine derivatives
US10870660B2 (en) 2016-07-28 2020-12-22 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Nitrogen-containing condensed ring compounds having dopamine D3 antagonistic effect
US11213525B2 (en) 2017-08-24 2022-01-04 Asceneuron Sa Linear glycosidase inhibitors
US11261183B2 (en) 2016-02-25 2022-03-01 Asceneuron Sa Sulfoximine glycosidase inhibitors
US11612599B2 (en) 2016-02-25 2023-03-28 Asceneuron Sa Glycosidase inhibitors
US11731972B2 (en) 2018-08-22 2023-08-22 Asceneuron Sa Spiro compounds as glycosidase inhibitors
US11795165B2 (en) 2018-08-22 2023-10-24 Asceneuron Sa Tetrahydro-benzoazepine glycosidase inhibitors
US12016852B2 (en) 2018-08-22 2024-06-25 Asceneuron Sa Pyrrolidine glycosidase inhibitors

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6936619B2 (en) * 2002-03-14 2005-08-30 Pfizer, Inc. Quinazolinone compounds useful in therapy
US20070123531A1 (en) * 2003-05-02 2007-05-31 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 4-Bromo-5-(2-chloro-benzoylamino)-1h-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (phenyl) amide derivatives and related compounds as bradykinin b1 receptor antagonists for the treatment of inflammatory diseases
US20070161834A1 (en) * 2004-01-30 2007-07-12 Japan Science And Technology Agency Method of catalytic reaction using micro-reactor

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6936619B2 (en) * 2002-03-14 2005-08-30 Pfizer, Inc. Quinazolinone compounds useful in therapy
US20070123531A1 (en) * 2003-05-02 2007-05-31 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 4-Bromo-5-(2-chloro-benzoylamino)-1h-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (phenyl) amide derivatives and related compounds as bradykinin b1 receptor antagonists for the treatment of inflammatory diseases
US20070161834A1 (en) * 2004-01-30 2007-07-12 Japan Science And Technology Agency Method of catalytic reaction using micro-reactor

Cited By (49)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8329675B2 (en) 2006-10-10 2012-12-11 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
US9108989B2 (en) 2006-10-10 2015-08-18 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
US8629125B2 (en) 2006-10-10 2014-01-14 Infinty Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
US8349814B2 (en) 2006-10-10 2013-01-08 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
US8957049B2 (en) 2008-04-09 2015-02-17 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
WO2010039186A3 (en) * 2008-09-23 2010-11-18 Renovis, Inc. Benzoxazoles useful as faah modulators and uses thereof
WO2010039186A2 (en) * 2008-09-23 2010-04-08 Renovis, Inc. Compounds useful as faah modulators and uses thereof
WO2010059610A1 (en) * 2008-11-19 2010-05-27 Renovis, Inc. 6, 7 -dihydro- 5h- pyrrolo [3, 4-d] pyrimidin-4-yl] -quinolin-3 -ylamine compounds useful as faah modulators and uses thereof
JP2012509332A (en) * 2008-11-19 2012-04-19 レノビス， インコーポレイテッド 6,7-Dihydro-5H-pyrrolo [3,4-D] pyrimidin-4-yl] quinolin-3-ylamine compounds useful as FAAH modulators and uses thereof
US8802064B2 (en) 2009-04-07 2014-08-12 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
US8546564B2 (en) 2009-04-07 2013-10-01 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
US8802119B2 (en) 2009-04-07 2014-08-12 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
US9062116B2 (en) 2009-04-23 2015-06-23 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-fatty acid amide hydrolase-2 antibodies and uses thereof
JP2012527467A (en) * 2009-05-18 2012-11-08 インフイニトイ プハルマセウトイカルス インコーポレイテッド Isoxazolines as fatty acid amide hydrolase inhibitors
CN102459202A (en) * 2009-05-18 2012-05-16 无限药品股份有限公司 Isoxazolines as inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
US9149465B2 (en) 2009-05-18 2015-10-06 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isoxazolines as inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
WO2010135360A1 (en) * 2009-05-18 2010-11-25 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isoxazolines as inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
US8765735B2 (en) 2009-05-18 2014-07-01 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isoxazolines as inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
CN102459202B (en) * 2009-05-18 2015-11-25 无限药品股份有限公司 As the inhibitor isoxazoline of fatty acid amide hydrolase
US8927551B2 (en) 2009-05-18 2015-01-06 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isoxazolines as inhibitors of fatty acid amide hydrolase
RU2539595C2 (en) * 2009-05-18 2015-01-20 Инфинити Фармасьютикалз, Инк. Isoxazoline as fatty acid amide hydrolase inhibitors
WO2011085216A2 (en) 2010-01-08 2011-07-14 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of faah inhibitors for treating parkinson's disease and restless legs syndrome
US9034849B2 (en) 2010-02-03 2015-05-19 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fatty acid amide hydrolase inhibitors
US9951089B2 (en) 2010-02-03 2018-04-24 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating a fatty acid amide hydrolase-mediated condition
WO2011123719A2 (en) 2010-03-31 2011-10-06 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of faah inhibitors for treating abdominal, visceral and pelvic pain
WO2011123719A3 (en) * 2010-03-31 2011-12-15 Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of faah inhibitors for treating abdominal, visceral and pelvic pain
JP2014506930A (en) * 2011-02-28 2014-03-20 アレイ バイオファーマ、インコーポレイテッド Serine / threonine kinase inhibitor
WO2013134518A1 (en) * 2012-03-09 2013-09-12 Amgen Inc. Sulfamide sodium channel inhibitors
US9051311B2 (en) 2012-03-09 2015-06-09 Amgen Inc. Sulfamide sodium channel inhibitors
US11046712B2 (en) 2014-08-28 2021-06-29 Asceneuron Sa Glycosidase inhibitors
US10336775B2 (en) 2014-08-28 2019-07-02 Asceneuron Sa Glycosidase inhibitors
US11591327B2 (en) 2016-02-25 2023-02-28 Asceneuron Sa Acid addition salts of piperazine derivatives
US11612599B2 (en) 2016-02-25 2023-03-28 Asceneuron Sa Glycosidase inhibitors
US10696668B2 (en) 2016-02-25 2020-06-30 Asceneuron Sa Acid addition salts of piperazine derivatives
US10556902B2 (en) 2016-02-25 2020-02-11 Asceneuron Sa Glycosidase inhibitors
US11261183B2 (en) 2016-02-25 2022-03-01 Asceneuron Sa Sulfoximine glycosidase inhibitors
US10995090B2 (en) 2016-02-25 2021-05-04 Asceneuron Sa Substituted dihydrobenzofuran glycosidase inhibitors
US10870660B2 (en) 2016-07-28 2020-12-22 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Nitrogen-containing condensed ring compounds having dopamine D3 antagonistic effect
US11345716B2 (en) 2016-07-28 2022-05-31 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Nitrogen-containing condensed ring compounds having dopamine D3 antagonistic effect
US11897899B2 (en) 2016-07-28 2024-02-13 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Nitrogen-containing condensed ring compounds having dopamine D3 antagonistic effect
US11213525B2 (en) 2017-08-24 2022-01-04 Asceneuron Sa Linear glycosidase inhibitors
US11458140B2 (en) 2017-08-24 2022-10-04 Asceneuron Sa Annulated glycosidase inhibitors
WO2019037861A1 (en) * 2017-08-24 2019-02-28 Asceneuron S.A. Annulated glycosidase inhibitors
WO2019146739A1 (en) 2018-01-26 2019-08-01 塩野義製薬株式会社 Condensed cyclic compound having dopamine d3 receptor antagonism
US11578084B2 (en) 2018-01-26 2023-02-14 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Condensed ring compounds having dopamine D3 receptor antagonistic effect
KR20200112910A (en) 2018-01-26 2020-10-05 시오노기 앤드 컴파니, 리미티드 Condensed compounds with dopamine D3 receptor antagonism
US11731972B2 (en) 2018-08-22 2023-08-22 Asceneuron Sa Spiro compounds as glycosidase inhibitors
US11795165B2 (en) 2018-08-22 2023-10-24 Asceneuron Sa Tetrahydro-benzoazepine glycosidase inhibitors
US12016852B2 (en) 2018-08-22 2024-06-25 Asceneuron Sa Pyrrolidine glycosidase inhibitors

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2009011904A1 (en) Compounds useful as faah modulators and uses thereof
WO2010039186A2 (en) Compounds useful as faah modulators and uses thereof
AU2016214132C1 (en) Autotaxin inhibitory compounds
NZ749202A (en) Modulators of the beta-3 adrenergic receptor useful for the treatment or prevention of disorders related thereto
WO2010130638A1 (en) Sulfonamide compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and uses thereof
CA2642130C (en) Selective benzylamine derivatives and their utility as cholesterol ester-transfer protein inhibitors
US20110053982A1 (en) Ether benzylidene piperidine 5-membered aryl carboxamide compounds useful as faah inhibitors
BRPI0619782A2 (en) use of pyrrol [2,3-b] pyridines to prepare a pain medicine
WO2010033168A2 (en) Amide compounds, compositions and uses thereof
EP2888242B1 (en) Substituted 4-pyridones and their use as inhibitors of neutrophil elastase activity
EP2262766A2 (en) Amide compounds, compositions and uses thereof
BRPI0713590A2 (en) pyrrol derivatives with crth2 receptor modulator activity
TW201121962A (en) Compounds which selectively modulate the CB2 receptor
CA3091486A1 (en) Oxadiazole transient receptor potential channel inhibitors
US20110144159A1 (en) Ether benzylidene piperidine aryl carboxamide compounds useful as faah inhibitors
WO2009127948A1 (en) 4- [3- (aryloxy) benzylidene] -3-methyl piperidine 5-membered aryl carboxamide compounds useful as faah inhibitors
CN113454082A (en) Imidazopyridinyl compounds and their use for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases
AU2018223982A1 (en) 1, 4, 6-trisubstituted-2-alkyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazole derivatives as dihydroorotate oxygenase inhibitors
BRPI0619422A2 (en) chromone derivatives useful as vr1 receptor antagonists
WO2018015411A1 (en) Sulfonylcycloalkyl carboxamide compounds as trpa1 modulators
WO2018015410A1 (en) Bicyclic proline compounds
JP5539376B2 (en) 6,7-Dihydro-5H-pyrrolo [3,4-D] pyrimidin-4-yl] quinolin-3-ylamine compounds useful as FAAH modulators and uses thereof
CA2875628C (en) Imidazo-oxadiazole and imidazo-thiadiazole derivatives
JP2018087173A (en) Anti-malignant brain tumor therapeutic agent
WO2014072325A1 (en) [3-heteroaryl-2-trifluoromethyl-propyl]-piperidin-1-yle or -morpholin-4-yle compounds as trpa1 antagonists for the treatment of respiratory diseases

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 08794571

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

DPE2 Request for preliminary examination filed before expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 08794571

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1